From 33bb92baf2f4e3415dc95f87eeb939e09530b501 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Mon, 20 Aug 2007 18:04:48 +0000 Subject: expressg is metapost (luecking 23 Jul 2007 13:47:15) git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4777 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/README | 101 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.pdf | 8 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.tex | 65 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.pdf | Bin 61100 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.tex | 147 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expressg.pdf | Bin 433000 -> 0 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mps.sh | 21 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl | 43 - Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/README | 101 + .../texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.pdf | Bin 0 -> 42281 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.tex | 65 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.pdf | Bin 0 -> 61100 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.tex | 147 + .../texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expressg.pdf | Bin 0 -> 433000 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mps.sh | 21 + .../texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl | 43 + .../texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.dtx | 6553 -------------------- .../texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.ins | 114 - .../source/metapost/expressg/expressg.dtx | 6553 ++++++++++++++++++++ .../source/metapost/expressg/expressg.ins | 114 + 20 files changed, 7044 insertions(+), 7052 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/README delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.tex delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expressg.pdf delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mps.sh delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/README create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.tex create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expressg.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mps.sh create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.dtx delete mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.ins create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.dtx create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.ins (limited to 'Master') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/README deleted file mode 100644 index f267a4f162c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/README +++ /dev/null @@ -1,101 +0,0 @@ - The expressg MetaPost package provides facilities to assist in -drawing diagrams that consist of boxes, lines, and annotations, -such as IDEF or UML. Particular support is provided for creating -EXPRESS-G diagrams. - ------------------------------------------------------------------ - Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 - (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) - Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson - - This work may be distributed and/or modified under the - conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either - version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any - later version. - The latest version of the license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of - LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. - - This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". - - This work consists of the files: -README (this file) -expressg.dtx -expressg.ins - and the derived files: -expressg.pdf -expressg.mp -expeg.mp -expeg.tex -n2mps.sh -n2mpsprl.prl - ------------------------------------------------------------------ - - The distribution consists of the following files: -README (this file) -expressg.ins -expressg.dtx -expressg.pdf (approximately 100 pages) -expeg.pdf -aam.mp -aamfigs.tex -aamfigs.pdf - -Changes in version 1.61 (2004/03/17) -o Added parentheses to namespace macro - -Changes in version 1.6 (2004/02/29) -o Additional `box' types: outputbox, stickfigure, bullseye - -Changes in version 1.5 (2003/07/31) -o Minor bug fixes - -Changes in version 1.4 (2000/07/10) -o Additional line end types - -Changes in version 1.3 (2000/05/22) -o Additional box and line types -o Additional examples -o Scripts for copying files basename.N to basenameN.mps, - where N is an integer - -Changes in version 1.2 (1999/11/15) -o Additional examples - -Changes in version 1.1 (1999/10/30) -o New path calculation routines -o Improved documentation - -Changes in version 1.0 (1996/05/09) -o First public release - - To install the package: -o run: latex expressg.ins (which will generate expressg.mp, - expeg.mp, expeg.tex, n2mps.sh and n2mpsprl.prl) -o run: latex expressg.dtx - (Note: if you don't have the docmfp package, read the instructions - at the start of this file) -o If you want an index then run: makeindex -s gind.ist expressg -o run: latex expressg.dtx -o Print expressg.dvi for a hardcopy of the package manual -o Move expressg.mp to a location where MetaPost will find it. -o To use the scripts make them executable (and they may require editing - to run on your system). - - The file expeg.ps contains some example diagrams. To generate your -own copy, and to test your installation: -o Move expeg.mp and expeg.tex to a working directory -o Run MetaPost on expeg.mp (probably either as: mp expeg or as: mpost expeg) -o Run LaTeX on expeg.tex -o print the result via dvips or other dvi processor that supports PostScript - graphics. - - The file aam.mp contains some more example MetaPost code. The -resulting diagrams are in aamfigs.pdf which has been generated by pdfLaTeX -from aamfigs.tex. - -2004/03/17 -Peter Wilson - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 2824da9c5e9..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.pdf +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8 +0,0 @@ -%PDF-1.0 -3 0 obj << -/Length 249 ->> -stream -BT -/F16 17 Tf 174 725 Td[(AAM)1(FIGS)-1(.TEX)]TJ/F17 12 Tf 24 -31 Td[(P)37(eter)-325(W)-1(i)1(lson)]TJ 0 -24 Td[(2)-40(2)-325(Ma)27(y)-325(20)1(00)]TJ/F27 14 Tf -194 -46 Td[(L)-28(ist)-384(o)-1(f)-384(Fig)-1(ures)]TJ/F15 11 Tf 224 -502 Td[(1)]TJ -ET diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 00153a8926f..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/aamfigs.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -% aamfigs.tex AAM figures - -\documentclass[11pt]{article} - -% set up for (pdf)LaTeX processing -\newif\ifpdf -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined - \pdffalse -\else - \pdftrue -\fi -\ifpdf - \pdfoutput=1 - \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} - \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} -\else - \usepackage[final]{graphicx} -\fi -\usepackage{rotating} % or \usepackage{isorot} - -% isopage.tex Dimensions of an ISO page on US letterpaper -\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} -\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} -\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{221mm} -\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} -\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} - -\title{AAMFIGS.TEX} -\author{Peter Wilson} \date{22 May 2000} -\begin{document} -\maketitle -\listoffigures -\clearpage - -\begin{sidewaysfigure} -\centering -\includegraphics{aam.1} -\caption{AAM 1} -\end{sidewaysfigure} - -\begin{sidewaysfigure} -\centering -\includegraphics{aam.2} -\caption{AAM 2} -\end{sidewaysfigure} - -\begin{sidewaysfigure} -\centering -\includegraphics{aam.3} -\caption{AAM 3} -\end{sidewaysfigure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering -\includegraphics{aam.5} -\caption{AAM 5} -\end{figure} - -\end{document} - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 326d63b17f4..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 9f92aa461b4..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expeg.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `expeg.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% expressg.dtx (with options: `egt') -%% -%% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 -%% (or pandgwilson@earthlink.net) -%% Copyright 1996, 2003 Peter R. Wilson -%% -%% v1.0 1996/05/09 (first release) -%% v1.2 1999/11/15 -%% v1.3 2000/05/22 -%% v1.4 2000/07/10 -%% v1.5 2003/07/31 -%% v1.6 2004/02/29 -%% v1.61 2004/03/17 -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any -%% later version. -%% The latest version of the license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. -%% This program is provided under the terms of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN -%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. -%% -%%% expeg.tex display expressg.dtx MetaPost examples - -\documentclass[11pt]{article} -\newif\ifpdf -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined - \pdffalse -\else - \pdftrue -\fi - -\ifpdf - \pdfoutput=1 - \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} - \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} -\else - \usepackage[final]{graphicx} -\fi - -%%%% page sizes for ISO document on A4 paper -\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} -\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} -\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{221.5mm} -\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0pt} -\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt} -\setlength{\marginparpush}{0pt} -\setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt} - %%%% for US letterpaper need to change some margins -\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} -\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} - -\begin{document} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.1} -\caption{Some boxes and line styles} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.2} -\caption{Example schema level diagram} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.3} -\caption{Example diagram of a tree structure} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.4} -\caption{Supertypes and subtypes} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.5} -\caption{A portion of a large model} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.6} -\caption{Car model using EXPRESS-G} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.7} -\caption{Car model using Shlaer-Mellor} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.8} -\caption{Car model using IDEF1X} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.9} -\caption{Car model using OMT} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.10} -\caption{Car model using E-R} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.11} -\caption{Car model using NIAM} -\end{figure} - -\end{document} - -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `expeg.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expressg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expressg.pdf deleted file mode 100644 index 30a2c2a9911..00000000000 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/expressg.pdf and /dev/null differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mps.sh b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mps.sh deleted file mode 100644 index c4aac713262..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mps.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh - -##################################################################### -# Shell script n2mps.sh -# Call as: n2mps.sh basename -# List each file basename.* in the directory and run the Perl script -# to copy each basename.N to basenameN.mps, where N is an integer -# -# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson -##################################################################### - -basename=${1:?"A file basename is required."} -extname=N.mps -echo Files $basename.N, where N is a number, will be copied to $basename$extname -for file in `ls $basename.*` -do - n2mpsprl.prl $file -done - -####################### end shell script ########################### - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl deleted file mode 100644 index 6dffe5c4a63..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ - -#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w - -################################################################### -# Perl script: n2mpsprl.prl -# Call as: n2mpsprl.prl filename -# If filename is of the form basename.N, where N is an integer, -# copies file basename.N to file basenameN.mps -# -# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson -################################################################## - -# Test for correct number of input parameters -die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV > 1); -die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV < 0); - -# Assign input file name to variable -$input_file = $ARGV[0]; - -## test if ends with a number, exit if not -if ($input_file =~ /\w\.\d/) { ; } else { exit; } - -# Remove the "dot" from the string variable -# holding the input file name -$input_file =~ s/\.// ; - -# Create a list variable composed of the string variable holding -# the concatenated input file name and the extension ".mps" -@name_list = ($input_file,'.mps') ; - -# Join the string variables in the name_list variable into -# a single string variable -$output_file = join("",@name_list) ; - -# create a list variable composed to the parameters needed -# for the system copy command excution -@exec_list = ('cp', $ARGV[0], $output_file) ; - -# Execute the system copy ("cp") command -system(@exec_list) ; - -############################ end perl script ########################## - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/README new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f267a4f162c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/README @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + The expressg MetaPost package provides facilities to assist in +drawing diagrams that consist of boxes, lines, and annotations, +such as IDEF or UML. Particular support is provided for creating +EXPRESS-G diagrams. + +----------------------------------------------------------------- + Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 + (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) + Copyright 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson + + This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any + later version. + The latest version of the license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of + LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. + + This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". + + This work consists of the files: +README (this file) +expressg.dtx +expressg.ins + and the derived files: +expressg.pdf +expressg.mp +expeg.mp +expeg.tex +n2mps.sh +n2mpsprl.prl + +----------------------------------------------------------------- + + The distribution consists of the following files: +README (this file) +expressg.ins +expressg.dtx +expressg.pdf (approximately 100 pages) +expeg.pdf +aam.mp +aamfigs.tex +aamfigs.pdf + +Changes in version 1.61 (2004/03/17) +o Added parentheses to namespace macro + +Changes in version 1.6 (2004/02/29) +o Additional `box' types: outputbox, stickfigure, bullseye + +Changes in version 1.5 (2003/07/31) +o Minor bug fixes + +Changes in version 1.4 (2000/07/10) +o Additional line end types + +Changes in version 1.3 (2000/05/22) +o Additional box and line types +o Additional examples +o Scripts for copying files basename.N to basenameN.mps, + where N is an integer + +Changes in version 1.2 (1999/11/15) +o Additional examples + +Changes in version 1.1 (1999/10/30) +o New path calculation routines +o Improved documentation + +Changes in version 1.0 (1996/05/09) +o First public release + + To install the package: +o run: latex expressg.ins (which will generate expressg.mp, + expeg.mp, expeg.tex, n2mps.sh and n2mpsprl.prl) +o run: latex expressg.dtx + (Note: if you don't have the docmfp package, read the instructions + at the start of this file) +o If you want an index then run: makeindex -s gind.ist expressg +o run: latex expressg.dtx +o Print expressg.dvi for a hardcopy of the package manual +o Move expressg.mp to a location where MetaPost will find it. +o To use the scripts make them executable (and they may require editing + to run on your system). + + The file expeg.ps contains some example diagrams. To generate your +own copy, and to test your installation: +o Move expeg.mp and expeg.tex to a working directory +o Run MetaPost on expeg.mp (probably either as: mp expeg or as: mpost expeg) +o Run LaTeX on expeg.tex +o print the result via dvips or other dvi processor that supports PostScript + graphics. + + The file aam.mp contains some more example MetaPost code. The +resulting diagrams are in aamfigs.pdf which has been generated by pdfLaTeX +from aamfigs.tex. + +2004/03/17 +Peter Wilson + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..55a02e1280d Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..00153a8926f --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/aamfigs.tex @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +% aamfigs.tex AAM figures + +\documentclass[11pt]{article} + +% set up for (pdf)LaTeX processing +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} + \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} +\else + \usepackage[final]{graphicx} +\fi +\usepackage{rotating} % or \usepackage{isorot} + +% isopage.tex Dimensions of an ISO page on US letterpaper +\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} +\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} +\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} +\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} +\setlength{\textheight}{221mm} +\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} + +\title{AAMFIGS.TEX} +\author{Peter Wilson} \date{22 May 2000} +\begin{document} +\maketitle +\listoffigures +\clearpage + +\begin{sidewaysfigure} +\centering +\includegraphics{aam.1} +\caption{AAM 1} +\end{sidewaysfigure} + +\begin{sidewaysfigure} +\centering +\includegraphics{aam.2} +\caption{AAM 2} +\end{sidewaysfigure} + +\begin{sidewaysfigure} +\centering +\includegraphics{aam.3} +\caption{AAM 3} +\end{sidewaysfigure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering +\includegraphics{aam.5} +\caption{AAM 5} +\end{figure} + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..326d63b17f4 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..9f92aa461b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expeg.tex @@ -0,0 +1,147 @@ +%% +%% This is file `expeg.tex', +%% generated with the docstrip utility. +%% +%% The original source files were: +%% +%% expressg.dtx (with options: `egt') +%% +%% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 +%% (or pandgwilson@earthlink.net) +%% Copyright 1996, 2003 Peter R. Wilson +%% +%% v1.0 1996/05/09 (first release) +%% v1.2 1999/11/15 +%% v1.3 2000/05/22 +%% v1.4 2000/07/10 +%% v1.5 2003/07/31 +%% v1.6 2004/02/29 +%% v1.61 2004/03/17 +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any +%% later version. +%% The latest version of the license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +%% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. +%% This program is provided under the terms of the +%% LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN +%% archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. +%% +%%% expeg.tex display expressg.dtx MetaPost examples + +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} + \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} +\else + \usepackage[final]{graphicx} +\fi + +%%%% page sizes for ISO document on A4 paper +\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} +\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} +\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} +\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} +\setlength{\textheight}{221.5mm} +\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0pt} +\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt} +\setlength{\marginparpush}{0pt} +\setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt} + %%%% for US letterpaper need to change some margins +\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} + +\begin{document} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.1} +\caption{Some boxes and line styles} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.2} +\caption{Example schema level diagram} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.3} +\caption{Example diagram of a tree structure} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.4} +\caption{Supertypes and subtypes} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.5} +\caption{A portion of a large model} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.6} +\caption{Car model using EXPRESS-G} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.7} +\caption{Car model using Shlaer-Mellor} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.8} +\caption{Car model using IDEF1X} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.9} +\caption{Car model using OMT} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.10} +\caption{Car model using E-R} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.11} +\caption{Car model using NIAM} +\end{figure} + +\end{document} + +\endinput +%% +%% End of file `expeg.tex'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expressg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expressg.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30a2c2a9911 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/expressg.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mps.sh b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mps.sh new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c4aac713262 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mps.sh @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +#! /bin/sh + +##################################################################### +# Shell script n2mps.sh +# Call as: n2mps.sh basename +# List each file basename.* in the directory and run the Perl script +# to copy each basename.N to basenameN.mps, where N is an integer +# +# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson +##################################################################### + +basename=${1:?"A file basename is required."} +extname=N.mps +echo Files $basename.N, where N is a number, will be copied to $basename$extname +for file in `ls $basename.*` +do + n2mpsprl.prl $file +done + +####################### end shell script ########################### + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6dffe5c4a63 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/metapost/expressg/n2mpsprl.prl @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + +#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w + +################################################################### +# Perl script: n2mpsprl.prl +# Call as: n2mpsprl.prl filename +# If filename is of the form basename.N, where N is an integer, +# copies file basename.N to file basenameN.mps +# +# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson +################################################################## + +# Test for correct number of input parameters +die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV > 1); +die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV < 0); + +# Assign input file name to variable +$input_file = $ARGV[0]; + +## test if ends with a number, exit if not +if ($input_file =~ /\w\.\d/) { ; } else { exit; } + +# Remove the "dot" from the string variable +# holding the input file name +$input_file =~ s/\.// ; + +# Create a list variable composed of the string variable holding +# the concatenated input file name and the extension ".mps" +@name_list = ($input_file,'.mps') ; + +# Join the string variables in the name_list variable into +# a single string variable +$output_file = join("",@name_list) ; + +# create a list variable composed to the parameters needed +# for the system copy command excution +@exec_list = ('cp', $ARGV[0], $output_file) ; + +# Execute the system copy ("cp") command +system(@exec_list) ; + +############################ end perl script ########################## + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index f8a737c8e51..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,6553 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% expressg.dtx -% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 -% (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) -% Copyright 1996, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson -% -% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any -% later version. -% The latest version of the license is in -% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. -% -% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -% -% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. -% -% If you do not have the docmfp package (available from CTAN in -% tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported), comment out the -% \usepackage{docmfp} line below and uncomment the line following it. -% -%<*driver> -\documentclass{ltxdoc} -\usepackage{docmfp} -%%%% \newenvironment{variable}[1]{}{} \newenvironment{routine}[1]{}{} -\providecommand{\DescribeVariable}[1]{} \providecommand{\DescribeRoutine}[1]{} -\providecommand{\variablestring}{} \renewcommand{\variablestring}{\space(v)} -\providecommand{\routinestring}{} \renewcommand{\routinestring}{\space(r)} -\EnableCrossrefs -\CodelineIndex -\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1} - -\begin{document} - \DocInput{expressg.dtx} -\end{document} -% -% -% \fi -% -% \CheckSum{171} -% -% \DoNotIndex{\',\.,\@M,\@@input,\@addtoreset,\@arabic,\@badmath} -% \DoNotIndex{\@centercr,\@cite} -% \DoNotIndex{\@dotsep,\@empty,\@float,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@ignoretrue} -% \DoNotIndex{\@input,\@ixpt,\@m} -% \DoNotIndex{\@minus,\@mkboth,\@ne,\@nil,\@nomath,\@plus,\@set@topoint} -% \DoNotIndex{\@tempboxa,\@tempcnta,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb} -% \DoNotIndex{\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue,\@viipt,\@viiipt,\@vipt} -% \DoNotIndex{\@vpt,\@warning,\@xiipt,\@xipt,\@xivpt,\@xpt,\@xviipt} -% \DoNotIndex{\@xxpt,\@xxvpt,\\,\ ,\addpenalty,\addtolength,\addvspace} -% \DoNotIndex{\advance,\Alph,\alph} -% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\ast,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\bgroup,\box} -% \DoNotIndex{\bullet} -% \DoNotIndex{\cdot,\cite,\CodelineIndex,\cr,\day,\DeclareOption} -% \DoNotIndex{\def,\DisableCrossrefs,\divide,\DocInput,\documentclass} -% \DoNotIndex{\DoNotIndex,\egroup,\ifdim,\else,\fi,\em,\endtrivlist} -% \DoNotIndex{\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\end@dblfloat,\end@float,\endgroup} -% \DoNotIndex{\endlist,\everycr,\everypar,\ExecuteOptions,\expandafter} -% \DoNotIndex{\fbox} -% \DoNotIndex{\filedate,\filename,\fileversion,\fontsize,\framebox,\gdef} -% \DoNotIndex{\global,\halign,\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hfill,\hrule} -% \DoNotIndex{\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss,\if@tempswa,\ifcase,\or,\fi,\fi} -% \DoNotIndex{\ifhmode,\ifvmode,\ifnum,\iftrue,\ifx,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi} -% \DoNotIndex{\input} -% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\let,\leftmark} -% \DoNotIndex{\list,\llap,\long,\m@ne,\m@th,\mark,\markboth,\markright} -% \DoNotIndex{\month,\newcommand,\newcounter,\newenvironment} -% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\newdimen} -% \DoNotIndex{\newlength,\newpage,\nobreak,\noindent,\null,\number} -% \DoNotIndex{\numberline,\OldMakeindex,\OnlyDescription,\p@} -% \DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\par,\paragraph,\paragraphmark,\parfillskip} -% \DoNotIndex{\penalty,\PrintChanges,\PrintIndex,\ProcessOptions} -% \DoNotIndex{\protect,\ProvidesClass,\raggedbottom,\raggedright} -% \DoNotIndex{\refstepcounter,\relax,\renewcommand,\reset@font} -% \DoNotIndex{\rightmargin,\rightmark,\rightskip,\rlap,\rmfamily,\roman} -% \DoNotIndex{\roman,\secdef,\selectfont,\setbox,\setcounter,\setlength} -% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\sfcode,\skip,\sloppy,\slshape,\space} -% \DoNotIndex{\symbol,\the,\trivlist,\typeout,\tw@,\undefined,\uppercase} -% \DoNotIndex{\usecounter,\usefont,\usepackage,\vfil,\vfill,\viiipt} -% \DoNotIndex{\viipt,\vipt,\vskip,\vspace} -% \DoNotIndex{\wd,\xiipt,\year,\z@} -% -% \changes{v1.0}{1996/05/09}{First public release} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Improved documentation using docmfp package} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Reordered descriptions and code} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Deleted Express Book examples} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Updated references} -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Reincluded Express Book examples, plus NIAM and S-M} -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothing, drawdrum, and others} -% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added sharp and smooth lines} -% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Minor bug fixes} -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{More boxes} -% \changes{v1.61}{2004/03/17}{Minor namespace feature fix} -% -% \newcommand{\dtxfilename}{\texttt{expressg.dtx}} -% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.0} -% \def\firstfiledate{1996/05/09} -% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.1} -% ^^A \def\filedate{1999/10/30} -% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.2} -% ^^A \def\filedate{1999/11/15} -% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.3} -% ^^A \def\filedate{2000/05/22} -% \def\fileversion{v1.4} \def\filedate{2000/07/10} -% \def\fileversion{v1.5} \def\filedate{2003/07/31} -% \def\fileversion{v1.6} \def\filedate{2004/02/29} -% \def\fileversion{v1.61} \def\filedate{2004/03/17} -% \newcommand*{\Lpack}[1]{\textsf {#1}} ^^A typeset a package -% \newcommand*{\Lopt}[1]{\textsf {#1}} ^^A typeset an option -% \newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt {#1}} ^^A typeset a file -% \newcommand*{\Lcount}[1]{\textsl {\small#1}} ^^A typeset a counter -% \newcommand*{\pstyle}[1]{\textsl {#1}} ^^A typeset a pagestyle -% \newcommand*{\Lenv}[1]{\texttt {#1}} ^^A typeset an environment -% \newcommand*{\Express}{\textsc{express}} -% \newcommand*{\ExpressG}{\textsc{express-g}} -% \newcommand*{\Mpost}{\textsc{MetaPost}} -% \newcommand*{\Mfont}{METAFONT} -% \newcommand*{\fref}[1]{Figure~\ref{#1}} -% \newcommand*{\pref}[1]{page~\pageref{#1}} -% \newcommand*{\PS}{PostScript} -% \newcommand*{\EPS}{Encapsulated \PS} -% \newcommand*{\pdflatex}{pdf\LaTeX} -% -% \title{The \Lpack{Expressg} \Mpost{} package for drawing -% box-line-annotation diagrams\thanks{This -% file (\dtxfilename) has version number \fileversion, last revised -% \filedate.}} -% -% \author{% -% Peter Wilson\\ -% Catholic University of America \\ -% Now at \texttt{peter.r.wilson@boeing.com} -% } -% \date{(First published \firstfiledate) \\ \filedate} -% \maketitle -% \begin{abstract} -% The \Lpack{expressg} \Mpost{} package provides facilities to assist in -% drawing diagrams that consist of boxes, lines, and annotations. -% Particular support is provided for creating \ExpressG{} diagrams -% \end{abstract} -% \tableofcontents -% \listoffigures -% -% \StopEventually{} -% -% \section{Introduction} -% -% \ExpressG{} is an ISO international standard graphical information -% modeling -% language~\cite{STEP11,EBOOK}, and is a subset of the \Express{} lexical -% object-flavoured information modeling language. Like most graphical -% modeling languages, \ExpressG{} diagrams consist of boxes, lines, and -% annotations associated with the boxes and the lines. As a colleague -% of mine once put it, these kinds of graphical languages are BLA -% (boxes, lines, annotations) with respect to lexical languages. -% -% \Mpost~\cite{MPOST} is a powerful lexical language for producing -% \EPS\footnote{\PS{} is a registered trademark of Adobe -% Systems Incorporated.} diagrams, and is based on the \Mfont~\cite{MFONT} -% language for creating fonts. -% -% The \Lpack{expressg} package provides extensions to the base -% \Mpost{} language to facilitate the creation of \ExpressG{} diagrams. -% The package may also be used as is, or certainly by -% extension, for the creation of other BLA diagrams. -% -% \Mpost{} is typically used to generate pictures for inclusion -% in \LaTeX{} documents~\cite{LATEX}. By default it uses \TeX{} for -% typesetting any text; this behaviour can be modified so that \LaTeX{} -% is used instead. If standard \PS{} fonts (like Times) are -% used, then \LaTeX{} typesetting may be avoided altogether. Running -% \Mpost{} and methods of including \Mpost{} diagrams in (pdf)LaTeX -% documents are described in~\cite{METAFP}. -% -% -% The \Lpack{expressg} package has been some years -% in the making. For -% occasional diagrams I got by with using either the simple \LaTeX{} -% picture commands, -% or general GUI drawing packages. As time went on and the number -% and complexity of the diagrams increased it became, to me at least, more -% important to use a robust and powerful drawing language than fancy -% GUI packages. This was especially important if a diagram had to be -% changed at a later date, as the language denoted exactly how the drawing -% had been produced. With the GUI tools all that you had was the picture -% and whatever graphics file format the tool used --- there was no -% user-sensible record -% of how any result was achieved. Also, generally speaking I find it quicker -% to use \Mpost{} than a GUI tool as too much time has to be spent using -% a mouse or a cursor to reposition and rescale the drawing elements. -% -% Section~\ref{sec:usc} describes the facilities provided by the package. -% Several worked -% example diagrams are presented in Section~\ref{sec:example}, together -% with information on how to run \Mpost. -% Commented code for the package macros\footnote{If requested, -% I may be prepared to consider providing additional macros, but no promises.} -% is in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. -% -% It is assumed that the reader has some understanding of \Mpost, although -% the example in Section~\ref{sec:example} does provide an -% \textit{aide-memoire} for most of the \Mpost{} constructs that are likely -% to be used in creating BLA diagrams. The definitive \Mpost{} -% manual is~\cite{MPOST} but both~\cite{HOENIG98} and~\cite{GOOSSENS97} -% give some interesting examples of how to use it; in fact the front cover -% of Hoenig's book is a \Mpost{} picture. -% Similarly, some familiarity with -% BLA diagramming would be of assistance. -% -% I suggest that on first reading it may be sensible to skim -% Section~\ref{sec:usc} first -% and then peruse the example in Section~\ref{sec:example} more closely. -% After this -% go back and re-read Section~\ref{sec:usc} as it then should make -% more sense. -% -% This manual is typeset according to the conventions of the -% \LaTeX{} \textsc{docstrip} utility which enables the automatic -% extraction of the \LaTeX{} macro source files~\cite{GOOSSENS94}. -% -% -% -% \section{The \Lpack{expressg} package} \label{sec:usc} -% -% \subsection{Internal variables} -% -% The package includes several internal variables that are initialised to -% commonly appropriate values. -% This section describes the principal internal variables. -% Short descriptions -% of the others, which -% are likely to be used in diagrams only very occasionally, can be found -% in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. -% -% The values of internal variables in \Mpost{} can only be changed via -% assignment. For example: -% \begin{verbatim} -% internal_variable := expression; -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \DescribeVariable{u} -% \DescribeVariable{maxx} -% \DescribeVariable{maxy} -% |u| is the value of the unit of length for a diagram; it is initialised -% to 1mm. All lengths, except for line thicknesses, -% are defined in terms of |u|. -% |maxx| and |maxy| are the maximum x and y coordinate values -% for a diagram. These are initialised to the maximum size for a diagram -% within an ISO standard document (i.e., |maxx:=159.5u| and |maxy:=210u|). -% -% The next set of variables control the thickness of lines and the -% dimensions of line end styles. -% -% \DescribeVariable{normalpen} -% Lines with normal linethickness are drawn with |normalpen|. -% -% \DescribeVariable{thickpen} -% Thick lines are drawn with |thickpen|. -% -% \DescribeVariable{thinpenpen} -% Thin lines are drawn with |thinpen|. -% -% \DescribeVariable{dotspen} -% Dotted lines are drawn with |dotspen|. -% -% \DescribeVariable{dotpen} -% |dotpen| is for drawing the black dot line end style. -% -% \DescribeVariable{dotdiam} -% |dotdiam| is the diameter of an open circle or dot line end style. -% -% \DescribeVariable{smoothrad} -% |smoothrad| is the radius of the circular arc used to round the join between -% two straight lines. -% -% \DescribeVariable{drumlid} -% |drumlid| is the ratio of the minor to major diameter of the ellipse -% forming the top of the drum box; the larger the value the more the -% apparent viewpoint shifts to above the drum. The default value is 0.2. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \centering -% \begin{picture}(105,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(105,40){}} -% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(60,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} -% \thicklines -% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){10}} -% \put(10,10){\line(2,1){20}} -% \put(10,30){\line(2,-1){20}} -% \put(10,10){\line(0,1){20}} -% \thinlines -% \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} -% \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} -% \put(35,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(35,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} -% \put(40,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} -% \end{picture}} -% \put(65,0){\begin{picture}(35,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} -% \thicklines -% \put(5,20){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(5,10){\line(2,1){20}} -% \put(5,30){\line(2,-1){20}} -% \thinlines -% \put(5,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(5,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} -% \put(15,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} -% \put(0,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(0,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Length parameters for arrowhead and fanin line end styles}\label{fig:trifan} -% \end{figure} -% -% -% \DescribeVariable{gal} -% \DescribeVariable{gab} -% An arrowhead is defined by the height of the triangle and the base of -% the triangle forming the arrowhead, as shown in \fref{fig:trifan}. -% |gal| and |gab| are the length -% and base width of arrows for arrowed line end styles. -% -% \DescribeVariable{gfl} -% \DescribeVariable{gfb} -% Like an arrowhead, a fanin is defined by the height and the base of -% the triangular fan shape, as shown in \fref{fig:trifan}. -% |gfl| and |gfb| are the length and base -% width of fans for fanin line end styles. They are initialised to the -% default values. -% -% The next set of variables control certain geometric aspects of -% the various \ExpressG{} boxes. -% -% \DescribeVariable{onelineh} -% |onelineh| is the minimum height of a box that encloses a single -% line of text. This is initialised to |5u|. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \centering -% \begin{picture}(65,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(65,40){}} -% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(60,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} -% \thicklines -% \put(0,10){\framebox(40,15){}} -% \put(30,10){\line(0,1){15}} -% \thinlines -% \put(0,5){\vector(1,0){40}} \put(0,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} -% \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} -% \put(45,10){\vector(0,1){15}} \put(45,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} -% \put(47,17.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{height}} -% \put(40,30){\vector(-1,0){10}} \put(40,30){\vector(1,0){0}} -% \put(35,32){\makebox(0,0)[b]{inset}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Parameters for (inset) boxes}\label{fig:bool} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbl} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbh} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbs} -% The length (|sdtbl|), height (|sdtbh|) and line inset (|sdtbs|) for -% simple data type boxes (e.g., a BOOLEAN data type box), as illustrated -% in \fref{fig:bool}. These are -% initialised as |22u|, |onelineh| and |2u| respectively. -% -% \DescribeVariable{sdtebl} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtebh} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtebs} -% The length (|sdtebl|), height (|sdtebh|) and line inset (|sdtebs|) -% for a simple data type EXPRESSION box. The value of |sdtebl| is |28u|, -% and the other values are the same as for the other simple data type boxes. -% -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbgel} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbgeh} -% \DescribeVariable{sdtbges} -% The length (|sdtbgel|), height (|sdtbgeh|) and inset for GENERICENT -% data type boxes. The value of |sdtbgel| is |38u|, -% and the other values are the same as for the other simple data type boxes. -% -% \DescribeVariable{pconl} -% \DescribeVariable{pconh} -% The length (|pconl|) of an average numeric (proxy) page connector -% (e.g., for |(9,9 (9,9))|) -% and the height (|pconh|) -% of an average page connector, which is initialised for one line of text. -% -% \DescribeVariable{enth} -% \DescribeVariable{typeh} -% \DescribeVariable{schemah} -% The heights of an average entity (|enth|), -% type --- including enumeration and select --- (|typeh|), -% and schema (|schemah|) boxes. These are all initialised to cater for -% one line of text. -% -% \DescribeVariable{ish} -% \DescribeVariable{isrh} -% |ish| is the height of an interschema reference box with one line of text. -% |isrh| is the height of an interschema reference box with a rename, where -% there is one line of text each for the original and renamed -% names. -% -% \DescribeVariable{eventh} -% \DescribeVariable{eventslope} -% The height (|eventh|) of a one-lined event box, and the slope (|eventslope|) -% of the sides of an -% event box (e.g., 0.25 or 1/4). -% -% The next set of variables control the amount of space surrounding text -% on \ExpressG{} diagrams. -% -% \DescribeVariable{nextra} -% |nextra| is the margin around names when put into entity, schema, -% interschema reference, -% page connector, and event boxes. -% -% \DescribeVariable{niextra} -% |niextra| is the margin around names when put into type boxes. -% -% \DescribeVariable{ndextra} -% |ndextra| is the margin around names when used on attribute lines. -% -% \subsection{Routines} -% -% The principal aspects of an \ExpressG{} diagram are lines and line ends of -% various styles, and boxes of several different kinds. Many routines -% are provided for positioning and drawing these on a diagram. -% -% The following sections describe most of the routines. Short descriptions -% of the others, which -% are effectively only used as internal support routines, can be found -% in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. -% -% A note on naming conventions used in describing the routines: -% \begin{itemize} -% \item As usual with \Mpost, a name starting with |z| is a point, and -% names staring with |x| or |y| are x- and y-coordinates respectively. -% \item The letters |i| through |n| denote (point, coordinate) suffixes. -% Suffixes are usually a number, such as |37|, but may also have -% alphanumeric characters after the number (e.g., |37C2D|). -% \end{itemize} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Utility routines} -% -% Several utility routines are provided defining some shortcuts and -% to ease some of the calculations -% that may be required when producing a diagram. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{VH} -% |VH(j, k)| calculates the intersection point, |zjvh|, between the vertical -% line through the point |zj| and the horizontal line through the point |zk|, -% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{VhV} -% |VhV(j, k)| calculates the point |zjvhv| on the vertical line through -% the point |zj| and the point |zkvhv| on the vertical line through the -% point |zk|, such that the line |zjvhv--zkvhv| is horizontal and centered -% vertically between the two given points, -% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \centering -% \begin{picture}(130,50) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(120,50){}} -% \put(5,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} -% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} -% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} -% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} -% \put(5,5){\circle{2}} -% \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvh}}} -% \put(5,0){\line(0,1){40}} -% \put(0,5){\line(1,0){30}} -% \end{picture}} -% \put(45,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} -% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} -% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} -% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} -% \put(5,20){\circle{2}} -% \put(3,18){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvhv}}} -% \put(25,20){\circle{2}} -% \put(27,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zkvhv}}} -% \put(5,40){\line(0,-1){25}} -% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){25}} -% \end{picture}} -% \put(85,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} -% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} -% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} -% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} -% \put(15,35){\circle{2}} -% \put(17,37){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjhvh}}} -% \put(15,5){\circle{2}} -% \put(13,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zkhvh}}} -% \put(15,0){\line(0,1){40}} -% \put(0,35){\line(1,0){20}} -% \put(30,5){\line(-1,0){20}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption[Results of the \texttt{VH}, \texttt{VhV} and \texttt{HvH} -% routines]% -% {Results of the \texttt{VH} (left), \texttt{VhV} (middle) -% and \texttt{HvH} (right) routines}\label{fig:vhvh} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{HvH} -% |HvH(j, k)| calculates the point |zjhvh| on the horizontal line through -% the point |zj| and the point |zkhvh| on the horizontal line through the -% point |zk|, such that the line |zjhvh--zkhvh| is vertical and centered -% horizontally between the two given points, -% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{VyV} -% |VyV(j, i, k)| is a generalisation of the |VhV| routine. It calculates -% the point |zjvyv| which is on the vertical line through |zj| and the -% horizontal line through |yi|, and the point |zkvyv| which is on the -% vertical line through |zk| and the horizontal line through |yi|. An example -% result is shown in \fref{fig:vyxh}. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \centering -% \begin{picture}(90,50) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(90,50){}} -% \put(10,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) -% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} -% \put(25,5){\circle{2}} -% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zkvyv}}} -% \put(5,5){\circle{2}} -% \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvyv}}} -% \put(25,20){\circle*{2}} -% \put(27,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zk}}} -% \put(5,40){\line(0,-1){40}} ^^A V through zj -% \put(0,5){\line(1,0){30}} ^^A H through yi -% \put(32,5){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{yi}}} -% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){25}} ^^A V through zk -% \end{picture}} -% \put(50,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) -% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} -% \put(25,5){\circle{2}} -% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zkhxh}}} -% \put(25,35){\circle{2}} -% \put(27,33){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjhxh}}} -% \put(15,5){\circle*{2}} -% \put(13,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zk}}} -% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){40}} ^^A V through xi -% \put(25,42){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{xi}}} -% \put(0,35){\line(1,0){30}} ^^A H through zj -% \put(30,5){\line(-1,0){20}} ^^A H through zk -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption[Results of the \texttt{VyV} and \texttt{HxH} -% routines]% -% {Results of the \texttt{VyV} (left) and \texttt{HxH} (right) -% routines}\label{fig:vyxh} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{HxH} -% |HxH(j, i, k)| is a generalisation of the |HvH| routine. It calculates -% the point |zjhxh| which is on the horizontal line through |zj| and the -% vertical line through |xi|, and the point |zkhxh| which is on the -% horizontal line through |zk| and the vertical line through |xi|. An example -% result is shown in \fref{fig:vyxh}. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{namespace} -% |namespace(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{margin}|)| calculates the length of -% the text string \meta{name} plus the \meta{margin} length. You may -% use it like: \\ -% |c = 3/2namespace(btex name etex)(4u)| -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{dashes} -% |dashes| is shorthand for a dashed linestyle. Use it like: |draw ... dashes;|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{dots} -% |dots| is shorthand for a dotted linestyle. Use it like: |draw ... dots;|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawgrid} -% |drawgrid| draws a 16 by 21cm, 1cm spaced grid composed of thin dashed lines. -% Labels are typeset giving the distance of the lines from the bottom left -% corner of the grid in millimetres. -% -% \subsubsection{Path routines} -% -% The package provides some general path making routines. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{sharply} -% |sharply(zi, zj, ... zn)| will generate a piecewise linear -% path consisting of the -% straight lines from point |zi| to point |zj| \ldots to point |zn|. -% It may be used like: \\ -% |draw sharply(z1, z2, z3, z4);| \\ -% to draw a line through the given points. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{smoothly} -% Like the |sharply| routine, |smoothly(zi, zj, ... zn)| will generate a -% piecewise linear path consisting of the -% straight lines from point |zi| to point |zj| \ldots to point |zn|, except -% that the corners of the path at the interior points are rounded with an -% arc of radius |smoothrad|. -% It may be used like: \\ -% |draw smoothly(z1, z2, z3, z4) dashes;| \\ -% to draw a dashed line with rounded corners at the given points. Or if -% a dotted line is needed: -% \begin{verbatim} -% pickup dotspen; -% draw smoothly(z1, z2, z3, z4) dots; -% pickup normalpen; -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{~} -% Like the |&| operator, the binary |~| operator concatenates two paths -% replacing the sharp join with a circular arc of radius |smoothrad|. -% -% \subsubsection{Line drawing routines} -% -% Routines are provided for drawing a variety of lines with differing line -% ending styles. Line styles include dotted, dashed, and continuous, and line -% thicknesses may be normal or thick. Line end styles include open circles, -% black dots, open and closed (black) arrowheads, and a fanin style. -% -% The final uppercase characters of a line drawing routine indicate the kind -% of line end style that will be used. -% The character |O| (uppercase O, not zero) is for an \textbf{O}pen circle, -% |D| is for a black \textbf{D}ot, -% |OA| is for an \textbf{O}pen \textbf{A}rrowhead, -% |CA| is for a \textbf{C}losed (black) \textbf{A}rrowhead, -% and |F| is for a \textbf{F}anin. -% -% The line ending drawing routines are described first. -% \DescribeRoutine{drawO} -% |drawO(i, j)| draws an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawD} -% |drawD(i, j)| draws a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawOA} -% |drawOA(i, j)| draws an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width -% |gab|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawCA} -% |drawCA(i, j)| draws a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width -% |gab|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawF} -% |drawF(i, j)| draws a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% The line drawing routines are essentially prepackaged versions of -% different combinations of the path and line ending routines. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdots} -% |drawdots(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsthree} -% |drawdotsthree(i, j, k)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsfour} -% |drawdotsfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsO} -% |drawdotsO(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsthreeO} -% |drawdotsthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsfourO} -% |drawdotsfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsOO} -% |drawdotsOO(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdash} -% |drawdash(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashthree} -% |drawdashthree(i, j, k)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashfour} -% |drawdashfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashO} -% |drawdashO(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashthreeO} -% |drawdashthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashfourO} -% |drawdashfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashOO} -% |drawdashOO(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormal} -% |drawnormal(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthree} -% |drawnormalthree(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfour} -% |drawnormalfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalO} -% |drawnormalO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeO} -% |drawnormalthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourO} -% |drawnormalfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOO} -% |drawnormalOO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalD} -% |drawnormalD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeD} -% |drawnormalthreeD(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourD} -% |drawnormalfourD(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalDD} -% |drawnormalDD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in black dots, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalCA} -% |drawnormalCA(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeCA} -% |drawnormalthreeCA(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk| -% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zk|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourCA} -% |drawnormalfourCA(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear -% line |zi--zj--zk--zl| -% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zl|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOA} -% |drawnormalOA(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalF} -% |drawnormalF(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalFO} -% |drawnormalFO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at |zi| and an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawthick} -% |drawthick(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawthickO} -% |drawthickO(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawthickOO} -% |drawthickOO(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{smooth} -% |smooth(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the line |zi--zj--zk| -% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{smoothtwo} -% |smoothtwo(i, j, k, l)| replaces the sharp corners on the line |zi--zj--zk--zl| -% with arcs radius |smoothrad|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{smoothdash} -% |smoothdash(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the dashed line |zi--zj--zk| -% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{smoothdots} -% |smoothdots(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the dotted line |zi--zj--zk| -% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. -% -% -% -% \subsubsection{Box drawing routines} -% -% Routines are provided for drawing the different kinds of \ExpressG{} -% boxes. -% -% The first argument to the box drawing routines is the suffix of the -% point that will be the left-hand bottom corner point of the box. The -% last argument, except where noted below, is the text that is to be placed -% at the center of the box. Intermediate arguments, if any, are the length -% and height of the box. -% -% Every box routine calculates the four corner points of the box and the -% midpoints of each side of the box. For example, if the suffix is |j|, -% then as illustrated in figure~\ref{fig:boxpoints}, the corner points -% will be called |zjbl|, |zjbr|, |zjtr| and |zjtl| and the midpoints -% will be called |zjbm|, |zjmr|, |zjtm| and |zjml|. The center point for -% postioning the text is |zjc| and the center of the text is placed at -% this point. -% -% The text center point is not necessarily the geometric center of the box. -% The geometric center is not calculated but lies at the intersection of -% the lines |zjml--zjmr| and |zjbm--zjtm|. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \begin{picture}(50,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(50,40){}} -% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(30,20) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} -% \multiput(0,0)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(0,10)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(0,20)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \put(-2,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} -% \put(15,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} -% \put(32,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} -% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} -% \put(13,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} -% \put(32,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} -% \put(-2,22){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} -% \put(15,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} -% \put(32,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} -% \caption[Calculated points on rectangular boxes]% -% {Calculated points on rectangular boxes -% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} -% \label{fig:boxpoints} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawSCHEMA} -% A SCHEMA box is rectangular with a normal perimeter and the box is divided -% into top and bottom halves by a horizontal line. -% -% |drawSCHEMA(j, len, ht)(btex schema\_a etex)| draws a SCHEMA double rectangular -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |schema_a| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the upper half. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawBINARY} -% A simple data type box is rectangular with a solid boundary and a solid -% interior vertical line near the right hand edge. -% -% |drawBINARY(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |BINARY| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawBOOLEAN} -% |drawBOOLEAN(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |BOOLEAN| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawCOMPLEX} -% |drawCOMPLEX(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |COMPLEX| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawEXPRESSION} -% |drawEXPRESSION(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbel| and height |sdtbeh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |EXPRESSION| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawGENERIC} -% |drawGENERIC(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |GENERIC| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawINTEGER} -% |drawINTEGER(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |INTEGER| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawLOGICAL} -% |drawLOGICAL(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |LOGICAL| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawNUMBER} -% |drawNUMBER(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |NUMBER| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawREAL} -% |drawREAL(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |REAL| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawSTRING} -% |drawSTRING(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular -% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |STRING| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawENUM} -% An ENUMERATION box is a rectangular box with a dashed perimeter and an -% interior dashed vertical line near the right hand edge. -% -% |drawENUM(j, len, ht)(btex an\_enum etex)| draws a rectangular dashed ENUMERATION type -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |an_enum| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawSELECT} -% A SELECT box is rectangular with a dashed boundary and an interior -% dashed vertical -% line near the left hand edge. -% -% |drawSELECT(j, len, ht)(btex a\_select etex)| draws a rectangular dashed SELECT type -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |a_select| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawTYPE} -% A TYPE box is rectangular with a dashed boundary. -% -% |drawTYPE(j, len, ht)(btex a\_type etex)| draws a rectangular dashed TYPE type -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |a_type| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is central within the main part of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawENT} -% An ENTITY box is a rectangular box with a solid boundary. -% -% |drawENT(j, len, ht)(btex an\_entity etex)| draws a rectangular ENTITY type -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |an_entity| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawPREF} -% A page reference box is a rectangle with rounded ends and a solid boundary. -% -% |drawPREF(j, len, ht)(btex page ref etex)| draws an oval page -% reference -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |page ref| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawISU} -% An interschema box is a rectangle surrounding a page reference like box. -% The rectangular box may have either a solid or a dashed boundary. -% -% |drawISU(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)| draws a three-part rectangular -% interschema USE -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawISUR} -% |drawISUR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)(btex newname etex)| draws a three-part rectangular -% interschema USE and RENAME -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. The string |newname| is -% placed at the geometric center of the bottom third of the box (this is -% the point |zjrnm|). -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawISR} -% |drawISR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)| draws a three-part rectangular -% dashed interschema REFERENCE -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawISRR} -% |drawISRR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)(btex newname etex)| draws a three-part rectangular -% dashed interschema REFERENCE and RENAME -% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. The string |newname| is -% placed at the geometric center of the bottom third of the box (this is -% the point |zjrnm|). -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawLEVENT} -% An EVENT box is a rhomboid with a solid boundary. -% -% |drawLEVENT(j, len, ht)(btex local\_event etex)| draws a rhomboidal -% Local EVENT -% box of length |len|, height |ht| and slope |eventslope| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |local_event| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. Like the rectangular boxes, -% the calculated bottom and top middle points are vertically below and above -% the geometric center, but this means that they are \emph{not} midway -% beteen the bottom and top corner points. This is illustrated in -% \fref{fig:eventpoints}. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \begin{picture}(55,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(55,40){}} -% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(40,20) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} -% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(5,20){\line(1,0){30}} -% \put(0,0){\line(1,4){5}} -% \put(30,0){\line(1,4){5}} -% \multiput(0,0)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(2.5,10)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(5,20)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(17.5,0)(0,10){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \put(-2,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} -% \put(17.5,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} -% \put(32,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} -% \put(0.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} -% \put(15.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} -% \put(34.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} -% \put(3,22){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} -% \put(17.5,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} -% \put(37,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} -% \caption[Calculated points on rhomboidal boxes]% -% {Calculated points on rhomboidal boxes -% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} -% \label{fig:eventpoints} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawGEVENT} -% |drawGEVENT(j, len, ht)(btex global\_event etex)| draws a thick rhomboidal -% Global EVENT -% box of length |len|, height |ht| and slope |eventslope| with its left-hand bottom corner -% at |zj|. The string |global_event| is placed at the text center of the box, -% which is also the geometric center of the box. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawcirclebox} -% A circle box is a circle with a solid boundary. -% -% |drawcirclebox(j, diam)(btex ABC etex)| draws a circle diameter |diam| -% and center at |zj|. The string |ABC| is placed at the center of the circle. -% In this case the four midside points, |zjbm|, |zjmr|, |zjtm| and |zjml|, -% are at on the circle at the extreme bottom, right, top and left (i.e., at -% the S, E, N and W compass points). The -% corner points, |zjbl|, |zjbr|, |zjtr| and |zjtl|, are also on the -% circumference midway between the midpoints (i.e., at the SW, SE, NE and NW -% compass points). -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashcircle} -% |drawdashcircle(j, diam)| draws a dashed circle. The location -% and size parameters are the same as for |drawcirclebox|, as are the -% calculated points. -% -% \subsection{Extra BLA variables and routines} -% -% In addition to the facilities described above for \ExpressG{} -% diagrams, extra line styles and boxes are provided for other -% kinds of diagrams. -% -% Additional line end styles are coded by: -% |A| for an \textbf{A}rrowhead, -% |OD| for an \textbf{O}pen \textbf{D}iamond, -% |CD| for a \textbf{C}losed \textbf{D}iamond. -% -% \DescribeVariable{gdl} -% \DescribeVariable{gdb} -% The variables |gdl| and |gdb| hold the the length and base width of -% diamond line end styles (see \fref{fig:diales}), -% analagous to the corresponding variables -% for arrow heads and fanin. By default, |gdl| is twice the default -% arrowhead length and |gdb| is three quarters of the default -% arrowhead base width. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \centering -% \begin{picture}(90,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(90,40){}} -% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(85,40) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(85,40){}} -% \thicklines -% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){10}} -% ^^A \put(10,10){\line(2,1){20}} -% ^^A \put(10,30){\line(2,-1){20}} -% ^^A \put(10,10){\line(0,1){20}} -% \put(10,20){\line(2,1){20}} -% \put(10,20){\line(2,-1){20}} -% \put(50,20){\line(-2,1){20}} -% \put(50,20){\line(-2,-1){20}} -% \thinlines -% ^^A \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} -% ^^A \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} -% ^^A \put(35,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(35,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} -% ^^A \put(40,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} -% \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){40}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} -% \put(30,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} -% \put(55,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(55,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} -% \put(60,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \caption{Length parameters for diamond line end styles}\label{fig:diales} -% \end{figure} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawA} -% |drawA(i, j)| draws a simple arrowhead, length |gal| and base width -% |gab|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawDCA} -% |drawDCA(i, j)| draws a double closed arrowhead, each of length |gal| -% and base width -% |gab|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawOD} -% |drawOD(i, j)| draws an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width -% |gdb|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawCD} -% |drawCD(i, j)| draws a closed (black) diamond, length |gdl| and base width -% |gdb|, at the |zj| end -% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashA} -% |drawdashA(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashOA} -% |drawdashOA(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOD} -% |drawnormalOD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalCD} -% |drawnormalCD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, -% ending in a closed (black) diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at |zj|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawcircleA} -% |drawcircleA(j, diam)| draws a circle diameter |diam| centered at |zj|. -% A counterclockwise pointing arrow is placed at the top of the circle. -% The midside and `corner' points are the same as calculated by -% the |drawcirclebox| routine. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawDot} -% |drawDot(j, diam)| draws a black dot, diameter |diam| centered at |zj|. -% There are no calculated points. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawCircledDot} -% |drawCircledDot(j, diam)| draws a black dot with a circle outside -% it, overall diameter |diam|, centered at |zj|. -% There are no calculated points. This could be used for a UML -% `bullseye'. The white ring should obscure anything -% drawn earlier that lies underneath it (by definition the black dot covers -% up anything underneath itself). For example: -% \begin{verbatim} -% draw z1--z2; % line from z1 to z2 -% drawCircledDot(2, len); % obscures last len of above line -% draw z3--z2; % not obscured -% \end{verbatim} -% -% Commands of the form |draw...box| have a text argument -% which is printed at the center of the box. If an empty box is -% required the text argument should be an empty string (|""|). For -% example |draw...box(...)("")|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawcardbox} -% |drawcardbox(j, len, ht, fold)(btex note etex)| draws a rectangular -% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its bottom left corner at |zj|. -% The top right corner of the box is folded down, with the side length -% of the fold given by |fold|. The string |note| is placed at the -% center of the box. If no text is required, then use an empty string (i.e., -% |""|), as in \\ -% |\drawcardbox(23, el, eh, 1/8eh)("")| -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdiamondbox} -% |drawdiamondbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| draws a diamond shaped -% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its center at |zj|. The usual -% corner, center and midpoints are also calculated except that the points -% |z$tm| etc., are at the corners of the diamond and the points |z$tl| etc., -% are at the middle of each line, as shown in \fref{fig:diamondpoints}. -% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. -% -% \begin{figure} -% \centering -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} -% \begin{picture}(50,40) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(50,40){}} -% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(30,20) -% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} -% \put(0,10){\line(3,2){15}} -% \put(0,10){\line(3,-2){15}} -% \put(30,10){\line(-3,2){15}} -% \put(30,10){\line(-3,-2){15}} -% \multiput(0,10)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(15,0)(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(7.5,5)(0,10){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \multiput(22.5,5)(0,10){2}{\circle*{2}} -% \put(13,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} -% \put(15,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} -% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} -% \put(32,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} -% \put(15,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} -% -% \put(5.5,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} -% \put(24.5,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} -% \put(5.5,17){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} -% \put(24.5,17){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} -% \end{picture}} -% \end{picture} -% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} -% \caption[Calculated points on diamond boxes]% -% {Calculated points on diamond boxes -% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjc=zj})} -% \label{fig:diamondpoints} -% \end{figure} -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawtwodiamondbox} -% |drawtwodiamondbox(j, len, ht, inset)(btex str etex)| draws a diamond shaped -% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its center at |zj|. -% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. -% A second diamond is drawn inside the first. The parameter |inset| is -% the space between adjacent outer and inner lines. -% No calculated points are available for the inner diamond. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdoublerectangle} -% |drawdoublerectangle(j, len, ht, tf)| draws a rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box -% is divided horizontally -% into a top and bottom portion, with the height of the top portion being -% the fraction |tf| of the total height of the box. The center points of -% the two portions are calculated as |zjct| and |zjcb| for the top and -% bottom respectively. -% The ends of the dividing line are at |zjtfl| and |zjtfr|. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawtriplerectangle} -% |drawtriplerectangle(j, len, ht, tf, bf)| draws a rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box -% is divided horizontally -% into a top, middle and bottom portion. -% The height of the top portion is the fraction |tf| of the total height -% of the box. -% The height of the bottom portion is the fraction |bf| of the total height -% of the box. -% The center points of -% the three portions are calculated as |zjct|, |zjcm| and |zjcb| for the -% top, middle and bottom respectively. -% The ends of the dividing lines are at |zjtfl| and |zjtfr| for the upper -% line, and at |zjbfl| and |zjbfr| for the lower line. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{hiderectangle} -% |hiderectangle(j, len, ht)| draws an invisible rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box -% covers up anything underneath it. Note that unlike all the other boxes -% the only point handle to the box is the bottom left corner --- the -% |zjbl|, |zjtr|, etc., points are not available and hence cannot -% be used for positioning or alignment purposes. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashboxover} -% |drawdashboxover(j, len, ht)| draws a dashed rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box -% covers up anything underneath it. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawindexbox} -% |drawindexbox(j, len, ht, lenp, htp)(btex str etex)| -% draws a rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. Another -% rectangular box, length |lenp| and height |htp|, is drawn with its -% bottom left corner at the top left corner of the first box (like an index -% card). The main box points are |zjbl| etc., but the secondary box -% points are |zjP.bl|, |zjP.bm| etc. The text |str| is placed at the center -% (|zjP.c|) of the secondary box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawroundedbox} -% |drawroundedbox(j, len, ht, rad)(btex str etex)| -% draws a rectangular box, length |len| -% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The corners -% of the box are rounded using radius |rad|. If |2rad| is greater -% than |len| or |ht|, then |2rad| is reduced to the lesser of |len| and -% |ht|, thereby producing at least one pair of semicircular sides. -% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawovalbox} -% |drawovalbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| -% draws an elliptical box, -% horizontal diameter |len| -% and vertical diameter |ht|, located with its center at |zj|. Like the -% diamond box, |zjtm|, |zjmr|, etc., are at the extremes of the ellipse -% and the points |zjtr|, |zjbr|, etc., are on the ellipse approximately -% halfway between the extremum points, similar to the positions shown -% in \fref{fig:diamondpoints}. The text |str| is placed at the center -% of the box. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawoutputbox} -% |drawoutputbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| -% draws a box, -% length |len| and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. -% The bottom of the box is a wavy line and the other three sides -% are straight. The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. -% This kind of box is often used as a flowchart symbol for output; -% it is meant to be a represention of printed paper which has been -% torn from a long continuous roll. -% -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashellipse} -% |drawdashellipse(j, len, ht)| -% draws a dashed ellipse. The location and dimensional parameters -% correspond to those for |drawovalbox|, as do the calculated points. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawdrum} -% |drawdrum(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| -% draws a `drum' box. This is constructed as a rectangular box of width -% width |len| and height |ht|, with its bottom left hand corner at |zj|. -% The horizontal line at the bottom of the -% rectangle is replaced by a half-ellipse with a major diameter of |len| -% and the minor diameter given by |drumlid*len|. The horizontal line -% at the top is replaced by a full ellipse with the same dimensions. -% -%\begin{figure} -%\centering -%\setlength{\unitlength}{0.6mm} -% -%\begin{picture}(100,100) -% \put(0,0){\framebox(120,120){}} -% \put(20,20){\begin{picture}(80,80) -% \put(0,10){\line(0,1){60}} -% \put(80,10){\line(0,1){60}} -% \qbezier(0,10)(0,0)(40,0) -% \qbezier(40,0)(80,0)(80,10) -% -% \qbezier(0,70)(0,80)(40,80) -% \qbezier(40,80)(80,80)(80,70) -% \qbezier(0,70)(0,60)(40,60) -% \qbezier(40,60)(80,60)(80,70) -% -% \multiput(0,10)(0,30){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjbl}}} -% \put(-2,40){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} -% \put(-2,70){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjtl}}} -% \multiput(80,10)(0,30){3}{\circle*{2}} -% \put(82,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjbr}}} -% \put(82,40){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} -% \put(82,70){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjtr}}} -% \put(40,0){\circle*{2}} -% \put(40,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} -% \put(40,80){\circle*{2}} -% \put(40,82){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} -% \put(40,35){\circle*{2}} -% \put(40,37){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjc}}} -% -% \put(20,1){\circle*{2}} -% \put(20,-1){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbml}}} -% \put(60,1){\circle*{2}} -% \put(60,-1){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbmr}}} -% \put(20,79){\circle*{2}} -% \put(20,81){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtml}}} -% \put(60,79){\circle*{2}} -% \put(60,81){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtmr}}} -% -% \end{picture}} -%\end{picture} -%\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} -%\caption[Calculated points on a drum]{Calculated points on a drum -% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} -% \label{fig:drum} -%\end{figure} -% -% As shown in Figure~\ref{fig:drum}, -% the calculated points on the vertical sides of the drum are the same -% as for a rectangular box. There are three calculated points on the base -% of the drum, called |zjbml|, |zjbm| and |zjbmr|. Similarly there are -% three points on the top of the drum called |zjtml|, |zjtm| and |zjtmr|. -% The center point, |zjc| is halfway between the sides and halfway between -% the two lower ellipse halves. The text |str| is placed at this center point. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{drawstickman} -% |drawstickman(j, len, ht)| -% draws a genderless full frontal (or rear) stick figure enclosed in -% an invisible box, -% length |len| and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. -% This can be used, for example to represent an actor in a UML Use Case -% diagram. Setting the height to be twice the length produces a reasonable -% result, for instance: -% \verb?drawstickman(3, wd, 2wd);? -% -% -% \section{An example} \label{sec:example} -% -% The example attempts to bring out the main methods that can be used -% in defining \ExpressG{} diagrams. The code for eleven diagrams is provided, none -% of which necessarily has anything to do with a real example of \ExpressG{} -% modeling, but rather is meant to be illustrative of diagramming techniques. -% -% This section is best studied with a copy of the printed diagrams to -% hand. Section~\ref{sec:run} on \pref{sec:run} explains briefly how -% to run the example and obtain the diagrams. -% -% The default extension for a \Mpost{} file is \file{.mp}. -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*eg> -%%% EXPEG.MP Example MetaPost EXPRESS-G diagrams - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Assuming that the diagrams are to be eventually embedded in, or processed -% through, a \LaTeX{} document then any \TeX{} macros must come at the -% start of the file between a |verbatimtex| \ldots |etex| pair. When dealing -% with text, \Mpost{} does not handle more than a single line. The macro -% below is to enable two lines of text to be handled by \Mpost. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -% use btex \twolines{first}{second} etex for two-line labels -verbatimtex \def\twolines#1#2{\vbox{\hbox{#1} \hbox{#2}}} etex - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The \Lpack{expressg} package file has to be input to make the routines -% available. -% \begin{macrocode} -input expressg - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Diagram 1: Some boxes and lines} -% -% Many diagrams can be defined in one file. Each diagram starts with -% |beginfig(N)|, where N is a unique integer, and ends with |endfig;|. -% \EPS{} for each diagram is written to a file called -% \file{mproot.N}, where \file{mproot} is the root name of the input file. -% In our -% case the output files will be \file{expeg.1} through \file{expeg.11}. -% \begin{macrocode} -beginfig(1) - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The first diagram consists of some of the \Lpack{expressg} box and line styles. -% The main point is to illustrate how \Mpost{} allows the boxes to be aligned. -% Start off by defining a point |z1| at the origin. By default, a variable name -% starting with the letter |z| is assumed to be a point. Similarly, variables -% starting with |x| and |y| are assumed to be x- and y-coordinates. If |zk| -% is defined with a value then automatically |xk| is the value of the x -% coordinate of -% the point |zk| and |yk| is the value of the -% y coordinate. Conversely, if |xj| and |yj| are defined, |zj| is automatically -% defined. -% -% Note that the |=| sign denotes an equation, not an assignment. The power -% of \Mpost{} comes from its ability to solve linear equations. -% -% Having defined the point |z1|, draw an EXPRESSION box with its bottom -% left hand corner at |z1|. -% \begin{macrocode} -z1=(0,0); -drawEXPRESSION(1); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Remember that when a box is drawn, its corner and mid points are -% calculated. These can be used in defining other points. In particular -% there is the point |z1tr| which is the top right hand corner -% of the EXPRESSION box. Also, if another box is drawn at point |z2| then -% it will have its bottom left hand corner at |z2bl|. -% -% The point |z2bl| is defined by a linear equation with respect to -% the point |z2|. As \Mpost{} can solve linear equations, given the -% point |z2bl| it can solve for the point |z2|. -% -% The next box has its bottom left hand corner at the top right hand -% corner of the EXPRESSION box, by specifying that the -% point |z2bl| and |z1tr| are the same location and then drawing a box located -% at |z2|. The third (BOOLEAN) box is also stacked in the same way with -% respect to the second (INTEGER) box. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -z2bl=z1tr; -drawINTEGER(2); - -z3bl=z2tr; -drawBOOLEAN(3); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Next a piece of circled text is drawn. Using the same method as before, -% the bottom of the circle is made to be coincident with the middle of the top -% of the BOOLEAN box. The |namespace| routine is used to specify the circle -% diameter. Note that an argument to a routine can itself be a routine. -% \begin{macrocode} -z4bm=z3tm; -drawcirclebox(4, namespace(btex ABS etex)(nextra))(btex ABS etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \Mpost{} is a typed language, and new variables can be declared of a -% particular type. A |numeric| variable holds a number (or a length). -% The diameter of the circle just drawn is going to be used as a length -% in later parts of this diagram, so it is sensible to store its value -% in a new variable called |diam|. We then use it in drawing another -% circle directly on top of the first one. -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric diam; -diam = namespace(btex ABS etex)(nextra); - -z5bm=z4tm; -drawcirclebox(5, diam)(btex SAB etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The next element in the diagram is an ENTITY box. -% We use the default height for the entity box and the default page connector -% length as its length (no reason, but it saves inventing another variable -% or value). -% -% The ENTITY box is positioned with respect to the SAB circle, but in a -% slightly more complicated way than earlier positions. We want the left hand -% side of the box to align with the right hand side of the circle. Also, -% the middle of the box should align with the top of the circle. -% -% The ENTITY box will be located at point |z6|. The easiest way is to -% specify |z6| is |z6ml=(x5mr, y5tm)|, but to demonstrate more of \Mpost's -% equation solving abilities a more complicated approach is taken to the -% specification of the x coordinate. The horizontal distance between the -% points |z5ml| and |z5tl| on the circle is the same as the distance -% between the points |z5tr| and |z5mr|. We can express this as -% |x5ml-x5tl = x5tr-x5mr|. As we want |x6ml|, which is the same as |x6bl|, -% to be the same as |x5mr| we -% can substitute into this equation, as done in the code below. Note that -% \Mpost{} can solve for the unknown |x6bl| even though it is on -% the right hand side -% of the equation because the other three values are known. -% -% The y coordinate of the point |z6mr| is specified as -% equal to the y coordinate of the top of the circle. Because of the linear -% relations involving all the points on a box, it is sufficient to provide -% one x coordinate and one y coordinate to fix all the points on the box. -% \begin{macrocode} -x5ml-x5tl = x5tr-x6bl; -y6mr=y5tm; -drawENT(6, pconl, enth)(btex an\_ent etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The geometric center of the next box, an LEVENT, is vertically above -% the geometric center of the ENTITY box, and the bottom of LEVENT is slightly -% (one lenth unit) above the top of the ENTITY box. This is accomplished here -% by specifying |z7bm| in terms of expressions involving the coordinates -% of the point |z6tm|. -% \begin{macrocode} -z7bm=(x6tm,y6tm+u); -drawLEVENT(7, pconl, eventh)(btex levent etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% At point |z8| a GEVENT box is drawn. It's bottom left hand corner is -% vertically above the top left hand corner of the LEVENT box. If you look -% at the resulting diagram, you will see that GEVENT is shifted right with -% respect to LEVENT. For vertical alignment of EVENT boxes it is best to -% use the middle rather than corner points. -% \begin{macrocode} -z8=(x7tl, y7tr+u); -drawGEVENT(8, pconl, eventh)(btex gevent etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{mediation} -% For the last of the aligned boxes another aspect of \Mpost{} is used. -% \Mpost{} provides a \emph{mediation} facility whose syntax is |frac[a,b]|. -% The result of a mediation is a value that is |frac| between the value |a| -% and the value |b|. For example, the result of |0.25[10,30]| is 15. Similarly, -% the result of |1/3[zj,zk]| is the point one third of the way between point -% |zj| and point |zk|. -% -% The SCHEMA box is positioned with its bottom right hand corner at one -% eighth of the way along, and at the top of, the BOOLEAN box. -% \begin{macrocode} -z9br=1/8[z3tl,z3tr]; -drawSCHEMA(9, pconl, schemah)(btex a\_schema etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The second half of the diagram illustrates various line and end -% styles. These are all horizontal, the same length and are aligned -% vertically, so -% define the x coordinate |xmid| of the left hand end of the lines, and -% the length |len| of the lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric xmid, len; -xmid = x8tr + diam; -len = 2diam; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{shifted} -% The next line of code exhibits another \Mpost{} function. A point can -% be specified as being some other point that is \emph{shifted} by given -% amounts in the x and y directions. More precisely, the shift is specified -% by a pair of values, written as |(a,b)|. The first line is aligned -% vertically with the center of the first box and its start point is |z11|. -% The end point, |z111|, is specified as being the start point shifted -% horizontally by the length of the line. -% \begin{macrocode} -z11=(xmid, y1ml); z111=z11 shifted (len, 0); -drawdashO(11, 111); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Because we will be using the same horizontal shift for all the lines, -% define a \emph{pair}, called |moveright|, that is the required shift. -% The next two lines are also aligned vertically with the centers of the -% second and third boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -pair moveright; -moveright = (len, 0); - -z12=(xmid, y2ml); z121=z12 shifted moveright; -drawnormalO(12, 121); - -z13=(xmid, y3ml); z131=z13 shifted moveright; -drawthickO(13, 131); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The remaining lines will have the same vertical spacing as the first three, -% so define another pair, |moveup|, that we can use for vertical shift. -% \begin{macrocode} -pair moveup; -moveup = (0, y13-y12); - -z14=z13 shifted moveup; z141=z14 shifted moveright; -drawnormalD(14, 141); - -z15=z14 shifted moveup; z151=z15 shifted moveright; -drawnormalCA(15, 151); - -z16=z15 shifted moveup; z161=z16 shifted moveright; -drawnormalOA(16, 161); - -z17=z16 shifted moveup; z171=z17 shifted moveright; -drawnormalF(17, 171); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The upper part of the diagram illustrates some of the additional -% line styles and boxes provided that are not part of the -% \ExpressG{} language. -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Extended upper half of diagram 1 for new box -% types} -% -% The upper half is seperated from the bottom half by a dashed line, just -% to make the distinction. The line is set above the highest box so far, -% which is located at |z8|, and extends across the width of the diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -z300=(0,y8tm+diam); z301=(x111,y300); -draw z300--z301 dashes; - -% \end{macrocode} -% Define |mup| to be a distance, which we will use for vertical seperation. -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric mup; mup := onelineh; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% As previously, we'll start with the boxes which will be placed in -% a column at the left side of the diagram. The first box, high enough -% for one line of enclosed text, has its top right hand corner folded -% down by one quarter the box height. Text is placed at the center -% of the box, but if this is not required then it can be given as an -% empty string (i.e., |""|). -% \begin{macrocode} -z302=(0,y300+mup); -drawcardbox(302, pconl, onelineh, 1/4onelineh)(""); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The next box is a diamond shape. Unlike the rectangular and rhomboidal -% boxes, these are positioned -% via the center of the box instead of the bottom left hand corner. -% \begin{macrocode} -z303bm=(x302tm, y302tm+mup); -drawdiamondbox(303, pconl, 2onelineh)(btex jewel etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Now there is a double box with the top portion being 3/4 of the box -% height. Text is put into the top half of the box using \Mpost's -% labeling routine (see \pref{page:label}). -% \begin{macrocode} -z304=(0, y303tm+mup); -drawdoublerectangle(304, pconl, 2onelineh, 3/4); -label(btex top etex, z304ct); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Next comes a triple box with the bottom portion being one fifth of -% the height, and the top portion being two fifths of the height. -% Text is placed in the top and middle portions, but not into the bottom. -% \begin{macrocode} -z305=(0, y304tm+mup); -drawtriplerectangle(305, pconl, 3onelineh, 2/5, 0.2); -label(btex top etex, z305ct); -label("middle", z305cm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Some languages include a box that looks a little like an index card, and -% this is shown next. -% A small box is also drawn inside the main part of the index box, -% just to illustrate -% that drawings may be placed inside boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -z306=(0,y305tm+mup); -drawindexbox(306, 2pconl, 3onelineh, 3/4pconl, onelineh)(btex pack etex); -z307=1/8[z306bl,z306tr]; -drawENT(307, 1/4pconl, onelineh)(btex E etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Another box shown here is a dotted box that covers up anything that -% is underneath it. To demonstrate, a folded corner box is drawn first, -% and then the -% dashed box is drawn second. They have to be done in this order. -% (The reason for the notation |y306P.tl| is explained under diagram 2 -% on \pref{page:dotsuffix}). -% \begin{macrocode} -z308=(0, y306P.tl+mup); -z309ml=z308c; -drawcardbox(308, pconl, 2onelineh, 1/4onelineh)(btex covered etex); -drawdashboxover(309, pconl, onelineh); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% An oval box comes next. The perimeter is an ellipse. -% \begin{macrocode} -z310bm=(x306bm,y309tm+mup); -drawovalbox(310, 2pconl, 2onelineh)(""); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Now we have two rounded boxes. In the first one the corner radius is -% small and the corners are neatly rounded. The radius is large in the -% second case, and it is automatically reduced to give semicircular ends. -% Further, the center portion of the second of these boxes is `deleted' -% by putting a |hiderectangle| over it. -% \begin{macrocode} -z311ml=(x310mr+mup, y310ml); -drawroundedbox(311, 2pconl, 2onelineh, 1/2onelineh)("rounded"); - -z312ml=(x311mr+mup, y311mr); -drawroundedbox(312, 2pconl, 2onelineh, 3/2onelineh)(btex large radius etex); - -z314=(x312bm-1/4pconl, y312bm-1/2mup); -hiderectangle(314, 1/2pconl, (3/2onelineh + mup)); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The last of the simple enclosed shapes are a dashed ellipse and a dashed circle, -% which are aligned below the partially obscured rounded box. -% \begin{macrocode} -z315tm=(x312bm, y312bm-mup); -drawdashellipse(315, 2pconl, 2onelineh); - -z316tm=(x315bm, y315bm-mup); -drawdashcircle(316, diam); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% A drum box is now presented. This is centered with respect to the -% rounded box and aligned with the bottom of the triple box. It is the -% same nominal size as the triple box. -% \begin{macrocode} -z317bc=(x311bm,y304br); -drawdrum(317, pconl, 3onelineh)(btex drum etex); -% \end{macrocode} -% To be a little different, I'll add a `handle' to the top of the drum. The -% top of the handle will be above the drum at the point |z317A|, and the -% attachement points are at the |tml| and |tmr| points on the drum. The -% normally sharp join in the middle of the handle is smoothed off. -% \begin{macrocode} -z317A=(x317tc, y317tc+2onelineh); -drawnormalthree(317tml, 317A, 317tmr); -smooth(317tml, 317A, 317tmr); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Below the drum box is a stick figure. It is centered with respect to the -% drum box and based on the bottom row. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added stickman to example drawing} -% \begin{macrocode} -z320bm = (x317bm, y302); -drawstickman(320, onelineh, 2onelineh); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Above the drum box there is an output box, vertically aligned with the -% stick figure, labelled `output'. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added output box to example drawing} -% \begin{macrocode} -z325bm = (x320bm, y306); -drawoutputbox(325, pconl, 2onelineh)(btex output etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Above the output box there is a simple circled dot. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added circled dot to example drawing} -% \begin{macrocode} -z330 = (x320bm, y309ml); -drawCircledDot(330, 3/2onelineh); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% As in the bottom half, line styles are drawn on the right side of -% of the diagram. First, though, there is an arrowed circle symbol. -% This is vertically aligned with the centers of the lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -z401bm=(1/2[x11,x111], y301+mup); -drawcircleA(401, diam); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Finish off with assorted linestyles. -% \begin{macrocode} -z402=(xmid, y401tm+mup); z502=(x111, y402); -drawdashA(402, 502); - -z403=(xmid, y402+mup); z503=(x111, y403); -drawdashOA(403, 503); - -z404=(xmid, y403+mup); z504=(x111, y404); -drawnormalOD(404, 504); - -z405=(xmid, y404+mup); z505=(x111, y405); -drawnormalCD(405, 505); - -z406=(xmid, y405+mup); z506=(x111, y406); -drawnormalDCA(406, 506); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Lines can be drawn at any angle, and the non-circular line end styles -% remain aligned. -% -% A set of lines and endstyles are drawn rotating about the common -% start point of the lines. -% \DescribeRoutine{rotatedaround} -% |pt1 rotatatedaround(pt2, ang)| is \Mpost{} code that rotates -% the point |pt1| around the point |pt2| counterclockwise through the angle -% |ang| in degrees. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric ang; ang = 180/7; -z600=(xmid, y406+2mup); -z699=(x600+len, y600); -z601=z699 rotatedaround(z600, ang); -z602=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 2ang); -z603=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 3ang); -z604=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 4ang); -z605=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 5ang); -z606=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 6ang); -z607=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 7ang); -drawnormalCA(600,601); -drawnormalOA(600,602); -drawnormalF(600,603); -drawdashA(600,604); -drawnormalOD(600,605); -drawnormalCD(600,606); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% This is the end of the first diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end figure 1 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Diagrams 2--5: EXPRESS-G like models} -% -% The diagrams in this section are all drawn using the \ExpressG{} -% specific routines. Nevertheless, they do illustrate general BLA techniques. -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 2: Schema level diagram} -% -% In contrast to the first diagram, this one is much more like an -% \ExpressG{} diagram. It illustrates a diagram consisting of SCHEMA -% boxes and interconnections. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -beginfig(2) % schema level model - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% First define some lengths to assist in laying out the diagram, which is -% going to consists of three rows of boxes with varying numbers of boxes -% in each row; the bottom row has two, the middle has four, and the top row -% has one. We also want to align the boxes vertically in a `nice' manner. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric lb, hb; % length & height of boxes -lb=20u; hb=schemah; -numeric upshift; % vertical distance between rows -upshift = 20u; -numeric sideshift; % horizontal distance between boxes -sideshift = 10u; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The bottom row has two boxes and the second four. The two bottom boxes -% will be aligned vertically under the two middle boxes in the middle row. -% Allowance must be made for a `missing' box at the start of the bottom -% row. The second box on the bottom row is spaced from the first one. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% bottom row - -z9=(lb+sideshift,0); -drawSCHEMA(9, lb, hb)("nine"); - -z11=(x9br+sideshift,y9); -drawSCHEMA(11, lb, hb)("eleven"); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The bottom of the boxes on the second row are all at a fixed distance -% above the top of the boxes on the first row. We only need to specify the -% y coordinate of the bottom of one box in the row, and use that for the -% remainder, -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% middle row - -z1=(0,y9tl+upshift); -drawSCHEMA(1, lb, hb)("one"); - -z3=(x1br+sideshift, y1); -drawSCHEMA(3, lb, hb)("three"); - -z5=(x3br+sideshift, y1); -drawSCHEMA(5, lb, hb)("five"); - -z7=(x5br+sideshift, y1); -drawSCHEMA(7, lb, hb)("seven"); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The single box on the top row will be position centrally above the -% two middle boxes of the middle row. Mediation is used to calculate -% the x coordinate that is halfway between the right side of the left -% box and the left side of the right box. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% top row - -x50 = 1/2[x3br,x5bl]; -z31bm=(x50,y1tl+upshift); -drawSCHEMA(31, lb, hb)("thirtyone"); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% This completes the boxes. The diagram is finished off by drawing -% connections between the boxes. The first set of connections are just -% straight lines between known points on boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% connectors - -drawdashOO(9tm, 3bm); % three/nine -drawdashO(5bm, 11tm); % five/eleven -drawdashO(3ml, 1mr); % three/one -drawdashO(3mr, 5ml); % three/five -drawdashOO(9mr, 11ml); % nine/eleven - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The next connection is more complex. It goes from schema thirtyone -% to schema nine on a three-legged route. It goes horizontally left from -% thirtynine, then vertically down, and finally horizontally right to nine. It -% also passes to the left of schema one. -% -% The route is constructed by specifying a point |z90| to the left of -% schema nine, and the point |z31A| on the left hand of schema thirtynine. -% The |VH| routine is then called to generate the corner point on the -% (rotated) L shaped path between |z90| and |z31A|. The connection is then -% drawn using these four points. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% thirtyone/nine -z90=((x1bl-sideshift), y9ml); -z31A=3/4[z31bl,z31tl]; -VH(90, 31A); -drawdashO(90vh, 31A); -drawdashthreeO(90vh, 90, 9ml); -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \DescribeRoutine{pickup} -% To demonstrate another aspect of \Mpost, a dot is drawn at the location -% of |z90|. If the drawing pen is thick enough, just drawing one point is -% sufficient to make a noticeable dot. The code |pickup thickpen;| drops -% the current pen and picks up -% the thickpen for drawing. The code |pickup normalpen;| picks up the -% normal pen, which is the one that is normally used. -% -% \DescribeRoutine{label} -% \DescribeRoutine{dotlabel} -% The last line of code here is |label.lft("z90", z90);| which puts the -% text `z90' at the left of point |z90|.\label{page:label} -% The label routine has two arguments, -% the first the text and the second the point at or near which the text is -% to be placed. The simplest form of the routine is |label("text", zk)| which -% centers the text over the point |zk|. A -% suffix can be used after the |label| (e.g., |.lft| in the code below) to -% modify the placement. |.lft| positions the text at the left of the point. -% The other modifiers are: |.rt|, |.top|, |.bot|, |.ulft|, |.urt|, |.llft| and -% |.lrt|. There is also a |dotlabel.suffix("text", zk)| routine which draws -% the point as well. For complicated diagrams it can be useful to label -% some points during development, and then comment them out for the final -% picture. -% \begin{macrocode} -pickup thickpen; -draw z90; -pickup normalpen; -label.lft("z90", z90); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The next two connectors, between schemas one and eleven and between -% thirtyone and eleven are of a similar U shape. There is, though, one tricky -% point to remember. Up till now, all point arguments to the \Lpack{expressg} -% routines have been of the form |3| or |4bm|; -% that is, either a number or a number -% followed by letter(s). For example, |VH(3,4bm)| will calculate -% the point |z3vh|. However, if a routine adds more letters to an argument -% that already has letters, such as |VH(4bm,3)|, the calculated point is -% \emph{not} |z4bmvh| as might be expected, but instead -% is |z4bm.vh|.\label{page:dotsuffix} -% This has tripped me up on several occasions. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% one/eleven -z1A=1/3[z1bl,z1br]; -z11A=(x11bm, (y11bm-sideshift)); -VH(1A, 11A); -drawdashthree(1A, 1A.vh, 11A); % note it is 1A.vh and not 1Avh -drawdashO(11A, 11bm); -dotlabel.rt("z11A", z11A); -dotlabel.lft("z1A.vh", z1A.vh); % note it is z1A.vh and not z1Avh - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The connector between thirtyone and eleven is the same general shape -% as the thirtyone to nine connector. This time, I'll use the |HxH| routine -% to calculate the turning points -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% thirtyone/eleven -z31B=3/4[z31br,z31tr]; -x31BC=x7br+sideshift; -HxH(31B, 31BC, 11mr); -drawdashfourO(31B, 31B.hxh, 11mr.hxh, 11mr); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The next two connectors, between thirtyone and seven, and between -% thirtyone and one, are simple L shapes, which are easier to produce than the -% U shaped ones. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% thirtyone/seven -z31D=1/4[z31br,z31tr]; -VH(7tm, 31D); -drawnormalthreeO(31D, 7tm.vh, 7tm); - -%%% thirtyone/one -z31C=1/4[z31bl,z31tl]; -VH(1tm, 31C); -drawdashO(1tm.vh, 31C); -drawdashO(1tm.vh, 1tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The last two connectors are also simple, each consisting of vertical then -% horizontal then vertical lines and the turning points can be calculated -% by the |VhV| routine.. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% thirtyone/three -z31E=1/4[z31bl,z31br]; -VhV(31E, 3tm); -drawnormalfourO(31E, 31E.vhv, 3tm.vhv, 3tm); - -%%% thirtyone/five -z31F=3/4[z31bl,z31br]; -VhV(31F, 5tm); -drawnormalfourO(31F, 31F.vhv, 5tm.vhv, 5tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The last element in the diagram is a vertical closed arrowheaded line -% with a label alongside. The arrowhead is on the top line of the connector -% between thirtyone and eleven. Note the point mediation expression expression -% in the |label| routine call. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% labeled arrow -z3111=1/4[z31B,z31B.hxh]; -numeric arrowsize; -arrowsize := schemah; -z3112=(x3111, y3111+arrowsize); -drawnormalCA(3112, 3111); -label.rt(btex an\_import etex, 1/2[z3111, z3112]); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 2 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 3: Tree structure} -% -% This diagram is the first of three that are related in style. It is -% useful at this point to define some variables, and values for some of -% these as they will probably be used in all three diagrams. -% -% Values are assigned (e.g., |var := val;|) so that they can be changed -% later if necessary (e.g., |var := newval;|). If values were equated like -% |var = val;| then they cannot be changed afterwards\footnote{Except -% by assignment.} as |var = newval;| -% will then have specified two incompatible equations for |var| and \Mpost will -% report a problem. -% \begin{macrocode} - -%%%% some commonly used variables & values - -numeric pl, ph; % length & height of numeric page connectors -pl:=pconl; ph:=pconh; % for eg., 9,9 (9,9) -numeric plnamed; % length of named page connector -numeric irh; % height of interschema boxes -irh:=ish; % normally one line of text -numeric sdtl, sdth; % length & height of SDT (e.g. INTEGER) boxes -sdtl:=sdtbl; sdth:=sdtbh; -numeric edtl, edth; % length & height of enum boxes (inset is sdtbs) -edth:=sdtbh; % normally one text line -numeric el, eh; % length & height of entity boxes -eh:=enth; % normally one text line -numeric upshift; % vertical space between rows of boxes -numeric nextup; % vertical space between bases of rows of boxes -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Now another bit of \Mpost. There is another type of variable called -% a |picture| variable. This can hold something as trivial as a dot or -% a text string, up to a complete diagram. References to an Index -% type is a common element in some of the diagrams. It is useful to -% create a shorthand for these by using picture variables. -% \begin{macrocode} -picture sindex, pindex; -sindex := btex eleven.Index etex; % interschema reference text -pindex := btex 9,9 Index etex; % page reference text -numeric slindex, plindex; -slindex := namespace(sindex)(nextra); % length of Index interschema -plindex := namespace(pindex)(nextra); % length of Index page reference -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Yet more new \Mpost. Array variables are supported. These are declared -% by giving the variable name immediately followed by a pair of square -% brackets. An element of an array can be simply accessed by suffixing the -% variable name with the integer number denoting the desired position. -% Actually we have been using array variables all along, as |z3| or |x7| -% are elements of the arrays |z[]| and |x[]| respectively. We define -% two arrays, one to be used for specifying horizontal spaces (lengths) -% and the other for vertical (y) coordinates. -% \begin{macrocode} -numeric hspace[]; % horizontal spaces -numeric lyc[]; % Y coords of box bases - -%%%%%%%%%%% end commonly used variables & values - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Diagram 3 consists of type boxes. We will make these all the same length -% and height. -% \begin{macrocode} -beginfig(3) % example fig 3 -%%%drawgrid; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The space required for the longest name is |edtl|. -% \begin{macrocode} -edtl := namespace(btex standard\_data\_name etex)(niextra); -% \end{macrocode} -% -% There are several rows in the diagram. Specify the vertical space -% between the rows, and the space between the bottoms of the boxes (the -% height of a box is the normal height, |sdth|, for a type box). Also -% specify the y coordinates for each row, counting from the bottom. -% \begin{macrocode} -upshift=2sdth; -nextup=sdth+upshift; -%%% the y coords of box bases -lyc1:=0; -lyc2:=lyc1+nextup; -lyc3:=lyc2+nextup; -lyc4:=lyc3+nextup; -lyc5:=lyc4+nextup; -lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; -lyc7:=lyc6+nextup; -lyc8:=lyc7+nextup; -% \end{macrocode} -% Specify two horizontal spaces. -% \begin{macrocode} -hspace1 := 1/3edtl; % space between data enums -hspace2 := 2/3edtl; % initial space at start of second row - -% \end{macrocode} -% Draw the 3 boxes in the first row and the 3 in the second; these are -% staggered with respect to each other and overlap as otherwise there -% there is not enough space to get them all onto one page. -% I'll use a numbering scheme for -% points so that |zCR| is a point in the Cth column and the Rth row. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% bottom two rows (1 & 2) - -z11=(0,lyc1); -drawENUM(11, edtl, edth)(btex coordinates etex); - -z22=(hspace2, lyc2); -drawENUM(22, edtl, edth)(btex solution\_data etex); - -z31=(x11br+hspace1, lyc1); -drawENUM(31, edtl, edth)(btex pressure\_loads etex); - -z42=(x22br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENUM(42, edtl, edth)(btex nondimensional etex); - -z51=(x31br+hspace1, lyc1); -drawENUM(51, edtl, edth)(btex temperature etex); - -z62=(x42br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENUM(62, edtl, edth)(btex force\_loads etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The third `row' consists of a horizontal line stretching from the middle -% of the leftmost box to the middle of the rightmost box. There are -% connections from this line to the top middle of each of the boxes. We can -% use the |VyV| routine for the end points of the line. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% third row (horizontal line between 2 & 4 row) - -z13=(x11tm,lyc3); -VyV(11tm, 13, 62tm); -drawnormal(11tm.vyv, 62tm.vyv); -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Calculate the points on this line vertically above the midpoints of -% the boxes and draw the connections. -% \begin{macrocode} -z23=(x22tm,lyc3); z33=(x31tm,lyc3); z43=(x42tm,lyc3); z53=(x51tm,lyc3); -drawnormalO(11tm.vyv,11tm); -drawnormalO(23,22tm); -drawnormalO(33,31tm); -drawnormalO(43,42tm); -drawnormalO(53,51tm); -drawnormalO(62tm.vyv,62tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The fourth row consists of three boxes. There is a vertical line -% from the bottom -% of the leftmost box to the horizontal line drawn in row 4. The three -% boxes are aligned horizontally with respect to this line. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% fourth row - -z3224=1/3[z13,z62tm.vyv]; -z3554=2/3[z13,z62tm.vyv]; - -%%% standard_data_name -z24bm=(x3224,lyc4); -drawSELECT(24, edtl, edth)(btex standard\_data\_name etex); -drawnormal(24bm,3224); - -%%% adhoc_data_name -z54bm=(x3554,lyc4); -drawTYPE(54, edtl, edth)(btex adhoc\_data\_name etex); - -%%% STRING -z64br=(x62br,lyc4); -drawSTRING(64); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The fifth `row' consists of two vertical connectors to the tops of -% the SELECT and TYPE boxes, with a horizontal line connecting the tops -% of the connectors. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% fifth row - -z35=(1/2[x24tm,x54tm], lyc5); -VyV(24tm, 35, 54tm); -drawnormalthreeO(35, 24tm.vyv, 24tm); -drawnormalthreeO(35, 54tm.vyv, 54tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The top row consists of a SELECT box vertically aligned above the center -% of the horizontal line from the 5th row, together with a line joining -% these two, and also a page reference box -% off towards the right hand side -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% sixth row - -z36bm=(x35,lyc6); -drawSELECT(36,edtl, edth)(btex data\_name etex); -drawnormal(36bm,35); - -%%% data_name -z66=(x62,lyc6); -drawPREF(66, sdtl, ph)(btex 3,1 (4) etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The remaining elements on the diagram are: -% a connector on the 4th row from adhoc\_data\_name to STRING; -% and a connector on the 6th row from the page reference to data\_name. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%% rest of the connectors - -%%% adhoc/STRING (54, 64) -drawnormalO(54mr,64ml); - -%%% PREF/data_name (36, 66) -drawdashO(66ml,36mr); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 3 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 4: Supertypes and subtypes} -% -% This diagram consists of a supertype entity and its four subtypes. The -% entities have various attributes. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(4) % example 4 -%%%drawgrid; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Define some useful lengths. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length of named page reference boxes -plnamed := namespace(btex 9,9 data\_name etex)(nextra); - -%%% length of entity boxes -el := namespace(btex (ABS) Data\_t etex)(nextra); - -upshift := 2sdth; % vertical space between boxes -nextup := sdth+upshift; % vertical space between bases of boxes -hspace1 := 1/2el; % space between entity boxes - -%%% the y coords of box bases -lyc1:=0; -lyc2:=lyc1+nextup; -lyc3:=lyc2+nextup; -lyc4:=lyc3+nextup; -lyc5:=lyc4+nextup; -lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; -lyc7:=lyc6+nextup; -lyc8:=lyc7+nextup; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% We'll start with the second row which consists of 4 entity (subtype) -% boxes. The numbering scheme for point suffixes is |zCR|, where |C| -% is the column number and |R| is the row number. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%% 2nd row - -%%% IntArray -z12=(0,lyc2); -drawENT(12, el, eh)(btex IntArray etex); - -%%% RealArray -z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENT(22, el, eh)(btex RealArray etex); - -%%% CharArray -z42=(x22br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENT(42, el, eh)(btex CharArray etex); - -%%% BitArray -z52=(x42br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENT(52, el, eh)(btex BitArray etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The first row is four simple data type boxes, aligned underneath the -% entity boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%% 1st row - -z11bm=(x12bm,lyc1); -drawINTEGER(11); - -z21bm=(x22bm,lyc1); -drawREAL(21); - -z41bm=(x42bm,lyc1); -drawSTRING(41); - -z51bm=(x52bm,lyc1); -drawBINARY(51); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The third `row' is the thick lines connecting the subtype boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% 3rd row - -y13= y23= y43= y53=lyc3; -x13=x12tm; x23=x22tm; x43=x42tm; x53=x52tm; -drawthick(13,53); % horizontal line -%%% vertical connectors -drawthickO(13,12tm); drawthickO(23,22tm); -drawthickO(43, 42tm); drawthickO(53, 52tm); - -z33=1/2[z13,z53]; % midpoint of horizontal line - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The 4th row is an abstract supertype entity box, which is made 3 times -% taller than the default entity box height. The entity box is centered -% with respect to the row of subtype boxes and is connected to the -% subtype boxes connector. The digit 1 is placed near the connection point. -% There is also a page reference -% and an INTEGER box at the left and right (as attributes of the supertype). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% 4th row - -%%% Data_t -z34bm=(x33,lyc4); -drawENT(34, el, 3eh)(btex \twolines{(ABS)}{Data\_t} etex); -drawthick(34bm,33); -label.urt("1", z33); % label the connection point - -%%% Index -z14=(0,lyc4); -drawPREF(14, plindex, ph)(pindex); - -%%% INTEGER -z54br=(x51br,lyc4); -drawINTEGER(54); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The 5th row has page reference boxes at the left and right -% (as attributes of the supertype). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% 5th row - -lyc5:=y34tm-ph; % change the initial y coord value - -%%% Index -z15=(0,lyc5); -drawPREF(15, plindex, ph)(pindex); - -%%% DataType -z55=(x54,lyc5); -drawPREF(55, plnamed, ph)(btex 3,1 data\_name etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The 6th, and last, row, just consists of a page reference centered -% above the supertype box. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% 6th row - -%%% PREF to Data_t -lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; -z36bm=(x34tm,lyc6); -drawPREF(36, pl, ph)(btex 7,5 (6) etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The rest of the diagram consists of the labelled attribute lines. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%% attributes - -%%% Sizes Data_t/Index (34, 14) -z3414=(x34,y14mr); -drawnormal(3414,14mr); -label.ulft(btex Sizes A[1:Limit] etex, z3414); - -%%% num Data_t/INTEGER (34, 54) -z3454=(x34mr,y54ml); -drawnormalO(3454,54ml); -label.urt(btex (DER) num etex, z3454); - -%%% Limit Data_t/Index (34, 15) -z3415=(x34,y15mr); -drawnormal(3415,15mr); -label.ulft(btex Limit etex, z3415); - -%%% Kind Data_t/data_name (34, 55) -z3455=(x34mr, y55ml); -drawnormal(3455, 55ml); -label.urt(btex Kind etex, z3455); - -%%% PREF into Data_t (36, 34) -drawdashO(36bm, 34tm); - -%%% Data IntArray/INTEGER (12, 11) -drawnormalO(12bm, 11tm); -label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z12bm); - -%%% Data RealArray/REAL (22, 21) -drawnormalO(22bm, 21tm); -label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z22bm); - -%%% Data CharArray/STRING (42, 41) -drawnormalO(42bm, 41tm); -label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z42bm); - -%%% Data BitArray/BINARY (52, 51) -drawnormalO(52bm, 51tm); -label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z52bm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 4 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 5: Portion of larger model} -% -% This diagram is more complex than the previous ones. It is, nevertheless, -% presented with virtually no commentary. It consists of three entity boxes -% and various page reference and interschema boxes to support the -% entities' attributes. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -beginfig(5) % example 5 -%%drawgrid; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% As usual, specify commonly used variables and values. -% \begin{macrocode} -plnamed := namespace(btex 7,4 Unstructured\_Donor etex)(nextra); - -numeric irls, irll; % length of short and long ISR boxes -irls = namespace(btex eleven.MeshLocation etex)(nextra); -irll = namespace(btex eleven.MeshConnectivityType etex)(nextra); - -upshift := irh; -nextup := irh+upshift; - -numeric maxrx; % max x coordinate value of LH of right column boxes -maxrx := maxx-irrl; -numeric xmid; % x coord of figure center -xmid := 1/2[irls, maxx-irll]; - -el := namespace(btex MeshConnectivity1\_1 etex)(nextra); -eh := irh; - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; -lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; -lyc4 := lyc3+nextup+irh; -lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; -lyc6 := lyc5+nextup; -lyc7 := lyc6+nextup; -lyc8 := lyc7+nextup; -lyc9 := lyc8+nextup; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Rows one and two have one centered box each. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Zcol/row -%%% row 1 - -%%% PREF for Overlapping -z21bm=(xmid,lyc1); -drawPREF(21, pl, ph)(btex 5,3 (8) etex) - -%%% row 2 - -%%% OverlappingArea -z22bm=(x21bm,lyc2); -drawENT(22, el, eh)(btex OverlappingArea etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Row three has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 3 - -%%% IndexArray -z13=(pl,lyc3); -drawISR(13, irls, irh)(btex eleven.IndexArray etex); - -%%% Index -z23bm=(x22bm,lyc3); -drawISR(23, slindex, irh)(sindex); - -%%% MeshLocation -z33br=(maxx,lyc3); -drawISR(33, irls, irh)(btex eleven.MeshLocation etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Row four has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 4 - -%%% MeshConnectivity -z24bm=(x23bm,lyc4); -drawENT(24, el, eh)(btex MeshConnectivity etex); - -%%% PREF for MeshConnectivity -z14ml=(pl,y24ml); -drawPREF(14, pl, ph)(btex 5,2 (8) etex); - -%%% Structured_Donor -z34br=(maxx,lyc4); -drawPREF(34, plnamed, ph)(btex 7,5 Structured\_Donor etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Rows five and six have one box each, at the right hand side. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 5 - -%%% Unstructured_donor -z35br=(maxx,lyc5); -drawPREF(35, plnamed, ph)(btex 7,4 Unstructured\_Donor etex); - -%%% row 6 - -%%% MeshConnType -z36br=(maxx,lyc6); -drawISR(36, irll, irh)(btex eleven.MeshConnectivityType etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Row seven has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 7 - -%%% IndexRange -z17=(0,lyc7); -drawISR(17, irls, irh)(btex eleven.IndexRange etex); - -%%% INTEGER -x27bm=x24bm; y27ml=y17mr; -drawINTEGER(27); - -%%% Zone -z37br=(maxx,lyc7); -drawISR(37, irls, irh)(btex seven.Zone etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Rows eight and nine have one centered box each. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 8 - -%%% 1to1 -z28bm=(x24bm,lyc8); -drawENT(28, el, eh)(btex MeshConnectivity1\_1 etex); - -%%% row 9 - -%%% PREF to 1to1 -z29bm=(x28bm,lyc9); -drawPREF(29, pl, ph)(btex 5,1 (8) etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% All the boxes have been drawn. The remainder is adding and labelling -% attribute lines. First page references to subtype entities. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%%% attributes, etc - -drawthickO(21tm,22bm); % PREF to Overlap (21, 22) -drawthickO(14mr,24ml); % PREF to MeshConn (14, 24) -drawthickO(29bm,28tm); % PREF to 1to1 (29, 28) - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The attributes of entity OverlappingArea (|z22|) -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% PointListSize (22, 23) -drawdashO(22tm,23bm); -label.llft(btex PointListSize etex, z23bm); - -%%% PointRange (22, 17) -z22A=1/4[z22bl,z22tl]; z17A=(1/2[0,x13], y17); -VH(17A,22A); -drawdashthreeO(22A, 17A.vh, 17A); -label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z22A); - -%%% PointList (22, 13) -z22B=3/4[z22bl,z22tl]; -VH(13bm,22B); -drawdashthreeO(22B, 13bm.vh, 13bm); -label.ulft(btex PointList etex, z22B); - -%%% MeshLocation (22, 33) -z22C=1/4[z22br,z22tr]; -z33B=2/3[z33bl,z33br]; -VH(33B,22C); -drawnormalthreeO(22C, 33B.vh, 33B); -label.urt(btex (DER) Location etex, z22C); - -%%% Meshloc (22, 33) -z22D=3/4[z22br,z22tr]; -z33A=1/3[z33bl,z33br]; -VH(33A,22D); -drawdashthreeO(22D, 33A.vh, 33A); -label.urt(btex Meshloc etex, z22D); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The attributes of entity MeshConnectivity (|z24|). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% PointListSize (24, 23) -drawnormalO(24bm, 23tm); -label.ulft(btex PointListSize etex, z23tm); - -%%% StructuredDonor (24, 34) -z24A=(x24br,y34ml); -draw z24A--z34ml dashes; -label.lrt(btex StructuredDonor etex, z24A); - -%%% UnstructuredDonor (24, 35) -z24B=3/4[z24br,z24tr]; -HvH(24B,35ml); -drawdashfourO(24B, 24B.hvh, 35ml.hvh, 35ml); -label.urt(btex UnstructuredDonor etex, z24B.hvh); - -%%% Meshloc (24, 33) -z24C=4/6[z24bl,z24br]; -z33C=(x33A,y33tm); -y2433C=1/3[y33C,y24C]; -VyV(24C, 2433C, 33C); -drawdashfourO(24C, 24C.vyv, 33C.vyv, 33C); -label.lrt(btex Meshloc etex, z24C.vyv); - -%%% Location (24, 33) -z24D=5/6[z24bl,z24br]; -z33D=(x33B,y33tm); -y2433D=2/3[y33D,y24D]; -VyV(24D, 2433D, 33D); -drawnormalfourO(24D, 24D.vyv, 33D.vyv, 33D); -label.lrt(btex (DER) Location etex, z24D.vyv); - -%%% ConnectivityType (24, 36) -z24H=(x24D,y24tr); -z36H=z36bm; -y2436H=1/2[y35tr,y36br]; -VyV(24H, 2436H, 36H); -drawnormalfourO(24H, 24H.vyv, 36H.vyv, 36H); -label.urt(btex (DER) ConnectivityType etex, z24H.vyv); - -%%% Meshcon (24, 36) -z24G=(x24C,y24tr); -z36G=z36ml; -VH(24G,36G); -drawdashthreeO(24G, 24G.vh, 36G); -label.urt(btex Meshcon etex, z24G.vh); - -%%% K (24, 27) -drawnormalO(24tm, 27bm); -label.ulft(btex K etex, z24tm); - -%%% PointRange (24, 17) -z24E=1/4[z24tl,z24tr]; -x17br-x17E = x17A-x17bl; -y17E = y17A; -VhV(24E,17E); -drawdashfourO(24E, 24E.vhv, 17E.vhv, 17E); -label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z24E); - -%%% PointList (24, 13) -z24F=1/4[z24bl,z24br]; -z13F=1/2[z13tl,z13tr]; -VhV(24F,13F); -drawnormalfourO(24F, 24F.vhv, 13F.vhv, 13F); -label.llft(btex PointList etex, z24F); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The attributes of entity MeshConnectivity1\_1 (|z28|) -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% N (28, 27) -z27A=1/5[z27tl,z27tr]; -z28A=(x27A,y28bl); -drawnormalO(28A,27A); -label.llft(btex N etex, z28A); - -%%% trans (28, 27) -z27B=1/2[z27tl,z27tr]; -z28B=(x27B,y28bl); -drawdashO(28B,27B); -label.lrt(btex \twolines{trans}{A[1:N]} etex, z28B); - -%%% Transform (28, 27) -z27C=1/2[z27br,z27tr]; -z28C=(1/2[x27C,x28br], y28br); -VH(28C,27C); -drawnormalthreeO(28C,28C.vh,27C); -label.lrt(btex (DER) Transform A[1:N] etex , z28C); - -%%% DonorZone (28, 37) -z28D=1/2[z28br,z28tr]; -z37D=z37tm; -VH(37D,28D); -drawdashthreeO(28D,37D.vh,37D); -label.urt(btex DonorZone etex, z28D); - -%%% DonorPointRange (28, 17) -z28G=3/4[z28bl,z28tl]; -z17G=(x17A,y17tl); -VH(17G,28G); -drawnormalthreeO(28G,17G.vh,17G); -label.ulft(btex DonorPointRange etex, z28G); - -%%% PointRange (28, 17) -z28H=1/4[z28bl,z28tl]; -z17H=(x17E,y17G); -VH(17H,28H); -drawnormalthreeO(28H,17H.vh,17H); -label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z28H); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 5 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Diagrams 6--11: Car model} -% -% The diagrams in this section are all taken from~\cite[Chapter~2]{EBOOK}. -% A simple information/data model of a car, car model, and car manufacturer -% is presented in a variety of BLA languages, among which is, -% of course, \ExpressG. In words, the model is: -% \begin{quote} \itshape -% A car is made by a manufacturer. Each manufacturer has a unique name. -% A manufacturer constructs cars in several models and a car is of a -% particular model. A manufacturer gives a serial number to each car -% he produces and this is unique across all cars produced by that -% manufacturer. Each model also has a name, and this is unique across -% all models. A car has a year of production. -% \end{quote} -% This model is a small portion of a conceptual model developed as a common -% specification for comparing modeling languages~\cite{TR9007}. -% -% The purpose of these diagrams is to -% illustrate how the \Lpack{expressg} package supports a range of graphical -% languages. -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 6: \ExpressG} -% -% Having already seen several examples of \ExpressG{} diagrams, this one -% is presented with no further comments. -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(6) % example 6 EXPRESS-G -%%%drawgrid; - -upshift := 3/2onelineh; -nextup := onelineh+upshift; - -el := namespace(btex manufacturer etex)(nextra); -eh := onelineh; - -hspace1 := 1/2el; - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; -lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; -lyc4 := lyc3+nextup; -lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; - -%%% Zcol/row - -%%% rows 4 and 5 -z14=(0,lyc4); -drawENT(14, el, eh)(btex manufacturer etex); - -z25=(x14br+hspace1, lyc5); -drawSTRING(25); - -z34=(x25br+hspace1, lyc4); -drawENT(34, el, eh)(btex car\_model etex); - -%%% row 3 - -z33bm=(x34bm, lyc3); -drawENT(33, el, eh)(btex car etex); - -%%% row 2 - -z22=(x25, lyc2); -drawINTEGER(22); - -%%% row 1 - -z21=(x22, lyc1); -drawSTRING(21); - -%%% attributes - -%%% manufacturer name (14, 25) -VH(14tm, 25ml); -drawnormalthreeO(14tm, 14tm.vh, 25ml); -label.urt(btex *name etex, z14tm.vh); - -%%% model name (34, 25) -VH(34tm, 25mr); -drawnormalthreeO(34tm, 34tm.vh, 25mr); -label.ulft(btex *name etex, z34tm.vh); - -%%% made_by (34, 14) -drawnormalO(34ml, 14mr); -label.ulft(btex made\_by etex, z34ml); - -%%% model_type (33, 34) -drawnormalO(33tm, 34bm); -label.urt(btex model\_type etex, z33tm); - -%%% DER made_by (33, 14) -VH(14bm, 33ml); -drawnormalthreeO(33ml, 14bm.vh, 14bm); -label.ulft(btex (DER) *made\_by etex, z33ml); - -%%% year (33, 22) -z33A=1/3[z33bl, z33br]; -VH(33A, 22mr); -drawnormalthreeO(33A, 33A.vh, 22mr); -label.ulft(btex year etex, z33A.vh); - -%%% serial_no -z33B=2/3[z33bl, z33br]; -VH(33B, 21mr); -drawnormalthreeO(33B, 33B.vh, 21mr); -label.ulft(btex *serial\_no etex, z33B.vh); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 6 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 7: Shlaer-Mellor} -% -% The Shlaer-Mellor graphical language~\cite{SHLAER88} is fairly simple, -% consisting basically of rectangles and arrowheaded lines. However, unlike -% \ExpressG{} each box usually has several lines of text. These are placed -% individually at the desired positions within each box. -% -% Notice below that -% I have used |drawENT| with an empty string to draw the rectangular boxes; -% the routines for \ExpressG{} diagrams can, if suitable, be used in any -% sort of diagram. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(7) % example 7 -%%%drawgrid; - -el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); -eh := onelineh; - -hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); - -hspace2 := 6onelineh; % height of CAR -hspace3 := 5onelineh; % space between rows -hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; - -%%% Zcol/row - -%%% row 2 - -z12=(0, lyc2); -drawENT(12, el, hspace4)(""); -x121=x12+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex MANUFACTURER etex, (x121, 2/3[y12bl, y12tl])); -label.rt(btex * manuf-name etex, (x121, 1/3[y12bl, y12tl])); - -z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawENT(22, el, hspace4)(""); -x221=x22+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex CAR-MODEL etex, (x221, 2/3[y12bl, y12tl])); -label.rt(btex * model-name etex, (x221, 1/3[y12bl, y12tl])); - -%%% row 1 - -z21=(x22, lyc1); -drawENT(21, el, hspace2)(""); -x211=x21+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex CAR etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex o year etex, (x211, 4/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex o model (R) etex, (x211, 3/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex * serial-no etex, (x211, 2/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex * maker (R) etex, (x211, 1/6[y21bl, y21tl])); - -%%%%% relationship lines - -% \end{macrocode} -% In this diagram the labels on the relationship lines tend to bump -% into the line ending symbol. \Mpost{} ignores initial and final spaces -% within |btex...etex|. The paired braces below, each enclosing one space, -% supply non-discarded spaces. (These could also have been written as -% |\space|). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) -drawnormalDCA(12mr, 22ml); -drawnormalCA(22ml, 12mr); -label.urt(btex { }{ }made by etex, z12mr); -label.llft(btex maker of{ }{ } etex, z22ml); - -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) -VH(12bm, 21ml); -drawnormalCA(12bm.vh, 12bm); -drawnormalDCA(12bm.vh, 21ml); -label.llft(btex { }{ }made by etex, z12bm); -label.ulft(btex maker of{ }{ } etex, z21ml); - -%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) -drawnormalDCA(22bm, 21tm); -drawnormalCA(21tm, 22bm); -label.lrt(btex { }one of etex, z22bm); -label.ulft(btex type of{ } etex, z21tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 7 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 8: IDEF1X} -% -% IDEF1X is a popular language in America for representing the structure -% of relational databases, and was developed under the auspices of the -% US Air Force~\cite{IDEF1X}. -% -% The general layout of the diagram mimics the previous one. All the boxes -% are divided horizontally into an upper and lower part. -% The |drawdoublerectangle| is used for the rectangular boxes, but the dividing -% line in the rounded box has to be added by hand, as it were. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(8) % example 8 IDEF1X -%%%drawgrid; - -el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); -eh := onelineh; - -hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); - -hspace2 := 5onelineh; % height of CAR -hspace3 := 5onelineh; % space between rows -hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; - -%%% Zcol/row - -%%% row 2 - -z12=(0, lyc2); -drawdoublerectangle(12, el, hspace4, 1/2); -label.urt(btex Manufacturer etex, z12tl); -x121=x12+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex manuf-name etex, (x121, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); - -z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawdoublerectangle(22, el, hspace4, 1/2); -label.urt(btex Car-model etex, z22tl); -x221=x22+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex Model-name etex, (x221, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); -label.rt(btex Manuf-name (FK) etex, (x221, 1/4[y12bl, y12tl])); - -%%% row 1 - -z21=(x22, lyc1); -drawroundedbox(21, el, hspace2, 2sdtbs)(""); -label.urt(btex Car etex, z21tl); -draw z21ml--z21mr; -x211=x21+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex Serial-no etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex Manuf-name (FK) etex, (x211, 4/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex Model-name (FK) etex, (x211, 2/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex Year etex, (x211, 1/6[y21bl, y21tl])); - -%%%%% relationship lines - -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) -drawnormalD(12mr, 22ml); -label.top(btex of etex, 1/2[z12mr, z22ml]); - -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) -VH(12bm, 21ml); -drawnormalthreeD(12bm, 12bm.vh, 21ml); -label.top(btex makes etex, 1/2[z12bm.vh, z21ml]); -label.ulft(btex P{ } etex, z21ml); - -%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) -drawnormalD(22bm, 21tm); -label.lft(btex of etex, 1/2[z21tm,z22bm]); -label.urt(btex { }P etex, z21tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 8 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 9: OMT} -% -% OMT~\cite{RUMBAUGH91} was the precursor to the currently popular UML -% structure modeling language. -% If you are curious as to why I believe that lexical languages are in -% general better than BLA languages, the chapter on developing a compiler -% for OMT highlights, probably unintentionally, some of the disadvantages -% of BLAs. -% -% The general look of the OMT diagram is almost identical -% to the IDEF1X diagram. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(9) % example 9 OMT -%%%drawgrid; - -el := namespace(btex {\bf MANUFACTURER} etex)(niextra); -eh := onelineh; - -hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); - -hspace2 := 4onelineh; % height of CAR -hspace3 := 4onelineh; % space between rows -hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; - -%%% Zcol/row - -%%% row 2 - -z12=(0, lyc2); -drawdoublerectangle(12, el, hspace4, 1/2); -x121=x12+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex {\bf Manufacturer} etex, (x121, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); -label.rt(btex name : String etex, (x121, 1/4[y12bl, y12tl])); - -z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); -drawdoublerectangle(22, el, hspace4, 1/2); -x221=x22+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex {\bf Car Model} etex, (x221, 3/4[y22bl, y22tl])); -label.rt(btex name: String etex, (x221, 1/4[y22bl, y22tl])); - -%%% row 1 - -z21=(x22, lyc1); -drawdoublerectangle(21, el, hspace2, 1/3); -x211=x21+sdtbs; -label.rt(btex {\bf Car} etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex serial-no : String etex, (x211, 4/9[y21bl, y21tl])); -label.rt(btex year : Integer etex, (x211, 2/9[y21bl, y21tl])); - -%%%%% relationship lines - -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) -drawnormalD(12mr, 22ml); -label.top(btex {\it makes} etex, 1/2[z12mr, z22ml]); -label.ulft(btex 1+{ } etex, z22ml); - -%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) -VH(12bm, 21ml); -drawnormalthreeD(12bm, 12bm.vh, 21ml); -label.top(btex {\it makes} etex, 1/2[z12bm.vh, z21ml]); -label.ulft(btex 1+{ } etex, z21ml); - -%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) -drawnormalD(22bm, 21tm); -label.lft(btex {\it produced as} etex, 1/2[z21tm,z22bm]); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 9 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 10: E-R} -% -% There are several flavours of Entity-Relationship modeling icons. -% I have used a style from~\cite{ELMASRI89}. -% -% This example introduces some new icons and \Mpost{} modeling. -% -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(10) % example 10 E-R -%%%drawgrid; - -numeric diam; diam := 2onelineh; - -upshift := diam; % circle diameter -nextup := diam+upshift; - -el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); -eh := onelineh; - -numeric dl, dh; % length and height of diamond boxes -dl := 1/2el; dh := 2eh; - -numeric marg; marg := 4u; % double the seperation between parallel lines - -hspace1 := 1/2el; - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; -lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; -lyc4 := lyc3+nextup; -lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The diagram has 5 rows. Start with the 4th as it is the widest row. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Zcol/row -%%% row 4 - -z14=(0,lyc4); -drawENT(14, el, eh)(btex manufacturer etex); - -z34ml=(x14br+hspace1, y14mr); -drawdiamondbox(34, dl, dh)(btex has etex); - -z54ml=(x34mr+hspace1, y34mr); -drawENT(54, el, eh)(btex car\_model etex); - -%%% row 5 - -z15bm=(x14bm, lyc5); -drawcirclebox(15, diam)(btex Name etex); - -z55bm=(x54bm, lyc5); -drawcirclebox(55, diam)(btex Name etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The third row consists of an ordinary diamond box at the right and -% a doubly enclosed diamond on the left. The |drawtwodiamondbox| routine -% is used for the latter. Note that values of |marg| are -% used to make the oustside of the double diamond larger than the single -% diamonds. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 3 - -z53bm=(x54bm, lyc3); -drawdiamondbox(53, dl, dh)(btex of etex); - -z13c=(x14bm, y53c); -drawtwodiamondbox(13, dl+marg, dh+marg, 2/5marg)(btex Makes etex); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The second row just consists of a doubly enclosed rectangular box. -% There is no explicit routine for drawing this, so two |drawENT| routines -% are used for drawing smaller and larger superimposed boxes (one with -% an empty text argument). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% row 2 - -z32bm=(x34bm, lyc2); -drawENT(32, el, eh)(btex car etex); -z31c=z32c; -drawENT(31, el+marg, eh+marg)(""); - -%%% row 1 - -z21bm=(x32bl, lyc1); -drawcirclebox(21, 5/4diam)(btex \twolines{Serial}{No} etex); - -z41bm=(x32br, lyc1); -drawcirclebox(41, diam)(btex Year etex); - -%%%%%% lines - -%%% Name / manufacturer (15, 14) -drawnormal(15bm, 14tm); - -%%% Name / model (55, 54) -drawnormal(55bm, 54tm); - -%%% Mnf / has (14, 34) -drawnormal(14mr, 34ml); -label.top(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z14mr,z34ml]); - -%%% has/ model (34, 54) -drawnormal(34mr, 54ml); -label.top(btex N etex, 1/2[z34mr,z54ml]); - -%%% Mnf / makes (14, 13) -drawnormal(14bm, 13tm); -label.rt(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z14bm,z13tm]); - -%%% model / of (54, 53) -drawnormal(54bm, 53tm); -label.rt(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z54bm,z53tm]); - -% \end{macrocode} -% In the diagrams so far, except trivially in the first, -% the lines have all been vertical and/or -% horizontal. Now we meet lines in arbitrary directions, and parallel -% to boot. -% -% A pair of parallel lines joins the bottom of the doubly enclosed diamond -% to the left side of the doubly enclosed rectangle. Drawing one of these is -% simple --- just draw a straight line between the bottom middle of the -% diamond to the middle left of the rectangle. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% makes / car (13, 31) -drawnormal(13bm, 31ml); -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The point |z31A| is |1/2marg| above the point |z31ml|. This is one end -% of the parallel line. -% \begin{macrocode} -z31A=(x31ml, y31ml+1/2marg); -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The \Mpost{} equation |z1-z2 = frac*(z3-z4)| means that -% (a) the line |z1--z2| is parallel to the line |z3--z4|, and (b) -% the length of the line |z1--z2| is |frac| of the length of |z3--z4|. -% We next specify that the line |z13U--z31A| is parallel to, and the same -% length as, the line |z13bm--z31ml|; -% \begin{macrocode} -z13U-z31A = z13bm-z31ml; -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The final part of the calculation is to determine the point |z13A| so -% that the line |z31A--z13A| is parallel to our first line and starts -% and ends at the outer perimeters of the boxes (and we already -% know what |z31A| is). -% -% \DescribeVariable{whatever} -% Remember mediation? A point, |z1234| is on the line |z1--z2| if \\ -% |z1234=frac1[z1,z2| holds. \\ -% Similarly a point |z1234| is on the line |z3--z4| if \\ -% |z1234=frac2[z3,z4]| holds. -% -% These two equations are linear and provided enough variables are known -% it is easy, even if tedious and error -% prone, to solve -% for all the unknowns using simple mathematics. Fortunately \Mpost{} has an -% idiom for this kind of calculation using the built-in variable -% called |whatever|. Each time |whatever| is used it is internally given -% a new name which saves a lot of name inventions on the part of the user. -% The following line of code results in \Mpost{} calculating the intersection -% point, which I call |z13A|, between the two lines |z13U,z31A|, which is -% our parallel lines whose points are known, and the line |z13bm--z13mr| -% which is the lower right line of the outer diamond whose points are known. -% \begin{macrocode} -z13A = whatever[z13U,z31A] = whatever[z13bm,z13mr]; -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Finally, draw the second parallel line in the desired position and length. -% \begin{macrocode} -draw z13A--z31A; -label.urt(btex N etex, 1/2[z13A,z31A]); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Another pair of parallel lines connects the doubly bounded rectangle -% and the singly bounded diamond, and we use a similar calculation as above. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% of / car (53, 31) -drawnormal(53bm, 31mr); -z31B=(x31mr, y31mr+1/2marg); -z53U - z31B = z53bm - z31mr; -z53B = whatever[z53U,z31B] = whatever[z53bm,z53ml]; -draw z53B--z31B; -label.ulft(btex N etex, 1/2[z53B,z31B]); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% That's the end of the tricky bits for this diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% car / serial no (31, 21) -z31C=(x21tm, y31bl); -drawnormal(31C, 21tm); - -%%% car / year (31, 41) -z31D=(x41tm, y31br); -drawnormal(31D, 41tm); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 10 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \subsubsection{Diagram 11: NIAM} -% -% Like IDEF1X, NIAM~\cite{NIJSSEN89} is a language for relational database -% structures. In Europe it tends to be preferred to IDEF1X. -% -% Although the layout and icons of the NIAM illustration differ from -% the prior -% diagrams, no new techniques are used. The most obvious of the differences -% are the use of oval and circular boxes in place of the rectangular boxes, -% and the use of pairs of rectangular boxes in the middle of the relationship -% lines. -% \begin{macrocode} - -beginfig(11) % example 11 NIAM -%%%drawgrid; - -numeric diam; diam := 2onelineh; % circle diameter - -upshift := diam; -nextup := diam+upshift; - -numeric hel, vel; % length of horizontal and vertical box pairs -eh := onelineh; -hel = namespace(btex made by etex)(nextra); -vel = namespace(btex of prod etex)(nextra); - -numeric del, deh; % horizontal & vertical diameters of oval boxes -del := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); -deh := 2eh; - -numeric marg; marg := 2u; % margin for doubly enclosed oval boxes -numeric lmarg; lmarg := marg; % gap for short lines - -numeric dashel, dasheh; % diameters of dashed ellipses -dashel := del+2marg; -dasheh := deh+2marg; - -hspace1 := diam; - -%%% y coords -lyc1 := 0; -lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; -lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; - -%%% Zcol/row - -%%% row 3 - -x13ml=0; y13bm=lyc3; -drawovalbox(13, del, deh)(btex manufacturer etex); -z14=z13c; -drawdashellipse(14, dashel, dasheh); - -z23ml=(x14mr+hspace1, y14mr); -drawENT(23, hel, eh)(btex of etex); - -z33bl=z23br; -drawENT(33, hel, eh)(btex made by etex); - -z44ml=(x33mr+hspace1, y33mr); -drawdashellipse(44, dashel, dasheh); -z43=z44c; -drawovalbox(43, del, deh)(btex car model etex); - -z53ml=(x44mr+hspace1, y44mr); -drawdashcircle(53, diam); -label(btex year etex, z53c); - -%%% row 2 - -z22c=(x23bm,lyc2); -drawcirclebox(22, namespace(btex U etex)(2nextra))(btex U etex); - -x42tm=x43bm; y42ml=lyc2; -drawdoublerectangle(42, vel, 2eh, 1/2); -label(btex of etex, z42ct); -label(btex is of etex, z42cb); - -%%z52c=(x53x,lyc2); -x52tm=x53bm; y52ml=lyc2; -drawdoublerectangle(52, vel, 2eh, 1/2); -label(btex of prod etex, z52ct); -label(btex prod in etex, z52cb); - -%%% row 1 - -z11ml=(x13ml,lyc1); -drawdashellipse(11, del, deh); -label(btex serial no etex, z11c); - -z21ml=(x23ml,lyc1); -drawENT(21, hel, eh)(btex of etex); - -z31bl=z21br; -drawENT(31, hel, eh)(btex has etex); - -z41c=(x43c,lyc1); -drawcirclebox(41, diam)(btex car etex); - -%%%%%% lines - -%%% manufacturer / of (14, 23) -drawnormal(14mr, 23ml); - -%%% made by / car model (33, 44) -drawnormal(33mr, 44ml); -draw (x33tl, y33tl+lmarg)--(x33tr, y33tl+lmarg); -draw (x33mr, y33mr+lmarg)--(x33mr+eh, y33mr+lmarg); - -%%% serial no / of (11, 21) -drawnormal(11mr, 21ml); - -%%% of / of (23, 22, 21) -drawnormal(23bm, 22tm); drawnormal(22bm, 21tm); -label.rt(btex id etex, z22mr); - -%%% has / car (31, 41) -drawnormal(31mr, 41ml); -draw (x31tl, y31tl+lmarg)--(x31tr, y31tl+lmarg); -draw (x31mr, y31mr+lmarg)--(x33mr+eh, y31mr+lmarg); - -%%% model / of (44, 42) -drawnormal(43bm, 42tm); - -%%% is of / car (42, 41) -drawnormal(42bm, 41tm); -draw (x42tfr+lmarg, y42tfr)--(x42tfr+lmarg, y42br); -draw (x42bm+lmarg, y42bm)--(x42bm+lmarg, y42bm-eh); - -%%% year / of prod (53, 52) -drawnormal(53bm, 52tm); - -%%% prod in / car (52, 41) -VH(52bm,41mr); -drawnormalthree(52bm, 52bm.vh, 41mr); -draw (x52tfr+lmarg, y52tfr)--(x52tfr+lmarg, y52br); -draw (x52bm+lmarg, y52bm)--(x52bm+lmarg, y52bm-eh); - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of this diagram -% \begin{macrocode} -endfig; % end fig 11 - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% Note that the centers of the boxes on the bottom row are all at |y=0|, -% and hence the bottom halves have negative y values. This does not matter -% as \Mpost{} determines the actual space required for a diagram and does -% not base it on the origin of the coordinate system. -% -% -% The end of the \Mpost{} examples file. -% \begin{macrocode} -end - -% \end{macrocode} -% The end of the example. -% \begin{macrocode} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Comments} -% -% Everyone is likely to have a different style of diagramming. You have -% seen how I do it but that might not be what suits you. Nevertheless, -% the following comments may be of assistance. -% -% In my own work I tend to draw a lot of diagrams, using different -% \file{.mp} files, that have similar sets of `commonly used variables -% \& values'. Rather than repeating the list in each file, I create a -% \Mpost{} file, called say \file{mycommons.mp}, that includes these -% and then |input mycommons| after the |input expressg| near the start -% of each diagram file. -% -% I find it a help to sketch out the diagrams using pencil and paper -% before coding them up. I have to admit, though, that the final results -% often look very different from my initial ideas of the layout. -% -% You might have noticed that I start the coding at different places -% in the diagrams. Basically I try and plan on getting the boxes aligned -% roughly in rows and/or columns. I then typically start with the longest -% column, or more often with the widest row, and then fill in the rest -% from there. -% -% \subsection{Running the \Mpost{} example file} \label{sec:run} -% -% The \file{expeg.mp} file has to be processed by \Mpost{} to obtain -% \EPS{} (\file{eps}) files for viewing or printing. -% Depending on your installation the command to run \Mpost{} may be -% either: \\ -% |mpost expeg| or \\ -% |mp expeg| \\ -% or perhaps something similar. This will produce eleven files, \file{expeg.1} -% to \file{expeg.11}, each of which is an \file{eps} file for the corresponding -% |beginfig(N)| in \file{expeg.mp}. \Mpost{} defaults to using \TeX{} for -% processing labels which outputs them using Computer Modern -% fonts. Unfortunately \PS{} applications do not understand these so it -% is necessary to get the fonts inserted. This is most simply done by -% \LaTeX ing a document that includes the \Mpost{} output. A suitable -% file is provided below and is configured to be processed by either -% \LaTeX{} or \pdflatex. Run \LaTeX{} and then dvips (or what you normally -% use to generate printable output) and you will get all eleven diagrams. -% -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*egt> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% expeg.tex display expressg.dtx MetaPost examples - -\documentclass[11pt]{article} -\newif\ifpdf -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined - \pdffalse -\else - \pdftrue -\fi - -\ifpdf - \pdfoutput=1 - \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} - \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} -\else - \usepackage[final]{graphicx} -\fi - -%%%% page sizes for ISO document on A4 paper -\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} -\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} -\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} -\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} -\setlength{\textheight}{221.5mm} -\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} -\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0mm} -\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0pt} -\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt} -\setlength{\marginparpush}{0pt} -\setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt} - %%%% for US letterpaper need to change some margins -\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} -\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} -\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} - -\begin{document} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.1} -\caption{Some boxes and line styles} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.2} -\caption{Example schema level diagram} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.3} -\caption{Example diagram of a tree structure} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.4} -\caption{Supertypes and subtypes} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.5} -\caption{A portion of a large model} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.6} -\caption{Car model using EXPRESS-G} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.7} -\caption{Car model using Shlaer-Mellor} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.8} -\caption{Car model using IDEF1X} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.9} -\caption{Car model using OMT} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.10} -\caption{Car model using E-R} -\end{figure} - -\begin{figure} -\centering - \includegraphics{expeg.11} -\caption{Car model using NIAM} -\end{figure} - -\end{document} - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% The end of the \LaTeX{} file. -% \begin{macrocode} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsubsection{Using \pdflatex} -% -% \pdflatex{} generates a \file{.pdf} file directly from \LaTeX{} source -% instead of a \file{.dvi} file. Unfortunately \pdflatex{} does not understand -% \EPS{} in general, but it \emph{does} understand the restricted form -% of \EPS{} generated by \Mpost. By default \pdflatex{} will recognise -% files with an \file{.mps} extension as coming from \Mpost, but \Mpost{} -% generates files with a numeric extension. -% If you like to use both \Mpost{} and \pdflatex, then it can -% get tedious changing all the numeric extensions to \file{.mps}. The -% following two scripts can help with this. The first is a shell -% script\footnote{You may well have to modify this to run on your -% operating system.} which calls a Perl script. -% -% The shell script is called \file{n2mps.sh}. To get suitable versions -% of the example \Mpost{} output files for use with \pdflatex, just do: \\ -% |n2mps.sh expeg| \\ -% after having run \Mpost{} on \file{expeg.mp}. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*shell> -#! /bin/sh - -##################################################################### -# Shell script n2mps.sh -# Call as: n2mps.sh basename -# List each file basename.* in the directory and run the Perl script -# to copy each basename.N to basenameN.mps, where N is an integer -# -# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson -##################################################################### - -basename=${1:?"A file basename is required."} -extname=N.mps -echo Files $basename.N, where N is a number, will be copied to $basename$extname -for file in `ls $basename.*` -do - n2mpsprl.prl $file -done - -####################### end shell script ########################### - -% -% \end{macrocode} -% The Perl script, which is called by the \file{n2mps} script: -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*perl> - -#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w - -################################################################### -# Perl script: n2mpsprl.prl -# Call as: n2mpsprl.prl filename -# If filename is of the form basename.N, where N is an integer, -# copies file basename.N to file basenameN.mps -# -# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson -################################################################## - -# Test for correct number of input parameters -die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV > 1); -die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV < 0); - -# Assign input file name to variable -$input_file = $ARGV[0]; - -## test if ends with a number, exit if not -if ($input_file =~ /\w\.\d/) { ; } else { exit; } - -# Remove the "dot" from the string variable -# holding the input file name -$input_file =~ s/\.// ; - -# Create a list variable composed of the string variable holding -# the concatenated input file name and the extension ".mps" -@name_list = ($input_file,'.mps') ; - -# Join the string variables in the name_list variable into -# a single string variable -$output_file = join("",@name_list) ; - -# create a list variable composed to the parameters needed -# for the system copy command excution -@exec_list = ('cp', $ARGV[0], $output_file) ; - -# Execute the system copy ("cp") command -system(@exec_list) ; - -############################ end perl script ########################## - -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% As an alternative when using \pdflatex{} and the \Lpack{graphicx} package, -% putting \\ -% |\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}| \\ -% will cause included graphics files with unknown extensions -% (e.g., as generated by \Mpost) to be treated as \file{.mps} files. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \documentclass... -% \usepackage{ifpdf}% you should have this -% \ifpdf -% \pdfoutput=1 -% \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} -% \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} -% \else -% \usepackage[final]{graphicx} -% \fi -% ... -% \includegraphics{mpfig.23} -% ... -% \end{verbatim} -% -% -% \subsection{Using \LaTeX{} instead of \TeX} -% -% As already noted, \Mpost{} defaults to using \TeX{} for typesetting -% labels. If you would prefer it to use \LaTeX{} instead, then two things -% have to be done. -% \begin{enumerate} -% \item \Mpost{} looks at the value of an environment variable called |TEX| -% to see what typesetting system it should use. If the variable is -% not set, then it uses \TeX. To get it to use \LaTeX{} the environment -% variable has to be set to |latex|. For example, on the system I use -% this is done by: -% \begin{verbatim} -% TEX=latex -% export TEX -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \item \LaTeX{} |\documentclass| and |\begin{document}| commands must -% be put into the |verbatimtex|\ldots|etex| group at the start of -% the diagramming file. For the example, this might look like -% \begin{verbatim} -% verbatimtex -% \documentclass{article} -% % \usepackage{...} % for any packages -% \def\twolines#1#2{\vbox{\hbox{#1} \hbox{#2}}} -% \begin{document} -% etex -% \end{verbatim} -% -% \end{enumerate} -% -% \textbf{NOTE:} Both the above are required for \LaTeX. On the other hand, -% if |TEX| is either undefined or has a value other than |tex|, -% then there must -% be no \LaTeX{} code anywhere in the \file{.mp} file. -% -% If you need to generate individual self-contained \file{ps} files -% for inclusion in non-\LaTeX{} documents where the font used for labels -% is a member of the Computer Modern family, -% then you need to use LaTeX{} and dvips on \file{*.tex} files that consist -% of only a single diagram and no other text at all. At least on my setup -% I have found it best to run dvips as normal but with output to a file -% instead of a printer. Then use whatever tools are available to you to -% convert the \file{.ps} file to an \file{.eps} one (or at least set the -% correct bounding box values). The primary source on generating and -% using \EPS{} in the \LaTeX{} world is~\cite{RECKDAHL97}, -% and~\cite{GOOSSENS97} also has useful information. -% -% \subsection{Using \PS{} fonts} -% -% \Mpost{} can be made to use \PS{} fonts and, providing the labels -% don't require any special (\TeX) processing, then use of \LaTeX{} may -% be avoided altogether. In order to do this, certain requirements have -% to be put on the content on the \file{.mp} file. -% -% \begin{itemize} -% \item \DescribeVariable{prologues} The -% diagram file must begin with the line \\ -% |prologues:=2;| \\ -% which will add a prologue for \PS{} font to the output file. -% -% \item \DescribeVariable{defaultfont} The -% |defaultfont| must be changed. What it has to be changed -% to depends on the font you want to use. For example, to use the -% Times Roman font, put: \\ -% |defaultfont:="ptmr8r";| \\ -% just after the |prologues| line. -% -% For this incantation to work, the file \file{ptmr8r.tfm} must exist -% in a location where \Mpost{} looks for \file{.tfm} files (on the system -% I use it is in directory \texttt{../texmf/fonts/tfm/adobe/times}). Also, -% the file \file{psfonts.map} must include a line like \\ -% |ptmr8r Times-Roman ...| \\ -% Again, on my system \file{psfonts.map} is in directory -% \texttt{../texmf/dvips/misc}. -% -% I don't know whether or not this works if you don't have a \LaTeX{} -% distribution --- it probably doesn't. But it's unlikely that you don't -% have one if you -% intend to use \Mpost. -% -% \end{itemize} -% -% As a final note on changing fonts, the \Mpost{} |defaultfont| and -% |defaultscale| values only apply to quoted text -% (e.g., \texttt{"quoted text"}) and not to `btexed' text -% (e.g., \texttt{btex btexed text etex}). Conversely, \TeX{} or \LaTeX{} -% commands only apply to btexed text and not to quoted text. For more -% details on this, see~\cite{METAFP}. -% -% -% -% -% \section{The \Mpost{} code} \label{sec:mf} -% -% -% We start by announcing what it is for. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*up> -%%% EXPRESSG.MP MetaPost macros for EXPRESS-G and other BLA diagrams -%%% version 1.5, 31 July 2003 -%%% version 1.6, 29 February 2004 -%%% version 1.61, 17 March 2004 - -show "expressg.mp version 1.61, 2004/03/17"; - -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \subsection{Variables} -% -% \begin{variable}{u} -% The unit of length. -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal u; numeric u; -u := 1mm; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{maxx} -% \begin{variable}{maxy} -% The maximum x and y coordinates for a diagram. -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal maxx, maxy; -numeric maxx, maxy; -maxx := 159.5u; % smidgeon under 160mm for ISO -maxy := 210u; % 210mm for ISO - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{defaultdotdiam} -% \begin{variable}{dotdiam} -% The default and actual diameter of circle and dot line end styles. -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal defaultdotdiam, dotdiam; -numeric defaultdotdiam, dotdiam; -defaultdotdiam := 2u; -dotdiam := defaultdotdiam; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} -% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} -% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} -% The diameters of the pens for drawing normal, thick and thin lines. (The -% size of the default \Mpost{} pen is 0.5bp). -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal normalpensize, thickpensize, thinpensize; -numeric normalpensize, thickpensize, thinpensize; -normalpensize := 0.5bp; -thickpensize := 1.5bp; -thinpensize := 0.25bp; -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{dotsscale} -% |dotsscale| is the amount the |...pensize| has to be increased so that a -% dotted line looks as thick as a continuous or dashed line. -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal dotsscale; numeric dotsscale; -dotsscale := 2; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{normalpen} -% \begin{variable}{thickpen} -% \begin{variable}{thinpen} -% \begin{variable}{dotspen} -% \begin{variable}{dotpen} -% The pens for drawing lines, plus |dotpen| for drawing a dot line end style. -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal normalpen, thickpen, thinpen, dotspen, dotpen; -pen normalpen, thickpen, thinpen, dotspen, dotpen; -normalpen := pencircle scaled normalpensize; % i.e. defaultpen; -thickpen := pencircle scaled thickpensize; -thinpen := pencircle scaled thinpensize; -dotspen := pencircle scaled (dotsscale*normalpensize); -dotpen := pencircle scaled dotdiam; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{defaultsmoothrad} -% \begin{variable}{smoothrad} -% The default and initial values for the radius of the arc used for joining -% two lines. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added defaultsmoothrad and smoothrad variables} -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal defaultsmoothrad; -numeric smoothrad, defaultsmoothrad; -smoothrad := defaultsmoothrad := 2u; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{defaultdrumlid} -% \begin{variable}{drumlid} -% The default and initial values for the ratio of the minor to major -% diameter of ellipses for the top and bottom of drums. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added defaultdrumlid and drumlid variables} -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal defaultdrumlid; -numeric drumlid, defaultdrumlid; -drumlid := defaultdrumlid := 0.2; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{defaultgal} -% \begin{variable}{defaultgab} -% \begin{variable}{defaultgfl} -% \begin{variable}{defaultgfb} -% The default values for the length and base width width of arrowheads and fanins. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% default length and base width for arrowheads and fanin -newinternal defaultgal, defaultgab, defaultgfl, defaultgfb; -numeric defaultgal, defaultgab, defaultgfl, defaultgfb; -defaultgal := defaultgfl := defaultdotdiam; -defaultgab := defaultgfb := defaultgal; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{gal} -% \begin{variable}{gab} -% \begin{variable}{gfl} -% \begin{variable}{gfb} -% Values of length and base width of arrowheads and fanins. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length and base width of arrowheads and fanins -newinternal gal, gab, gfl, gfb; -numeric gal, gab, gfl, gfb; -gal := defaultgal; -gab := defaultgab; -gfl := defaultgfl; -gfb := defaultgfb; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{onelineh} -% The minimum height of a box that encloses a single line of text. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -newinternal onelineh; -numeric onelineh; -onelineh := 5u; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{sdtbl} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbh} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbs} -% The length, height and inset for a simple data type box. The length is -% sufficient for the name `BOOLEAN' and the height for one line of text. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length, height & inset for simple data type boxes -newinternal sdtbl, sdtbh, sdtbs; -numeric sdtbl, sdtbh, sdtbs; -sdtbl := 22u; -sdtbh := onelineh; -sdtbs := 2u; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{sdtbel} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbeh} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbes} -% The length, height and inset for a simple EXPRESSION data type box. -% The length is -% sufficient for the name `EXPRESSION' and the height for one line of text. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length, height & inset for EXPRESSION data type boxes -newinternal sdtbel, sdtbeh, sdtbes; -numeric sdtbel, sdtbeh, sdtbes; -sdtbel := 28u; -sdtbeh := sdtbh; sdtbes := sdtbs; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{sdtbgel} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbgeh} -% \begin{variable}{sdtbges} -% The length, height and inset for a simple GENERICENT data type box. -% The length is -% sufficient for the name `GENERIC\_ENTITY' and the height for one line of text. -% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Added sdtbgel, sdtbgeh and sdtbges box lengths} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length, height & inset for GENERICENT data type boxes -newinternal sdtbgel, sdtbgeh, sdtbges; -numeric sdtbgel, sdtbgeh, sdtbges; -sdtbgel := 38u; -sdtbgeh := sdtbh; sdtbges := sdtbs; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{pconl} -% The average length of a numeric page connector (e.g., for |9,9 (9,9)|). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% average length of numeric page connector -newinternal pconl; -numeric pconl; % length of page connector (for e.g., 9,9 (9,9) ) -pconl:=15u; -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{pconh} -% Height of average page connector (one line of text). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% height of page connectors (one line) -newinternal pconh; -numeric pconh; -pconh := onelineh; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{enth} -% \begin{variable}{typeh} -% The height of a one line ENT(ITY) box (|enth|) and the height of a -% one line ENUM(ERATION), SELECT or TYPE box. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% heights of entity, enum, select, type boxes (One text line) -newinternal enth, typeh; -numeric enth, typeh; -enth := onelineh; -typeh := onelineh; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{ish} -% \begin{variable}{isrh} -% The height of a normal one line interschema box (|ish|) and an -% interschema box with one line each for the name and rename (|isrh|). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% height of interschema boxes (one text line, no rename), and (name + rename) -newinternal ish, isrh; -numeric ish, isrh; -ish := 2onelineh; -isrh := 3onelineh; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{schemah} -% Height of a one line SCHEMA box. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% height of schema boxes (one text line) -newinternal schemah; -numeric schemah; -schemah := 2onelineh; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{eventh} -% \begin{variable}{eventslope} -% The height (|eventh|) of a one line (G/L)EVENT box and the slope of the -% sides of a (G/L)EVENT box. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% height and slope of event boxes -newinternal eventh, eventslope; -numeric eventh, eventslope; -eventh := onelineh; -eventslope := 0.25; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{nextra} -% \begin{variable}{niextra} -% Margins for namespaces in normal (|nextra|) and inset (|niextra|) boxes. -% Inset boxes are the ENUM, SELECT and TYPE boxes. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% extra namespaces for boxed names -newinternal nextra, niextra; -numeric nextra, niextra; -nextra := 2u; -niextra := nextra+sdtbs; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{ndextra} -% Margin for namespace on a relationship line. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% extra namespace for attribute names -newinternal ndextra; -numeric ndextra; -ndextra := nextra+dotdiam; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% -% \subsection{Utility routines} -% -% \begin{routine}{VH} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VH routine} -% Calculates the intersection point |z$vh| between the vertical line through -% |z$| and the horizontal line through |z$$| (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% calculates mid-point on a path like |_ (vertical, horizontal) -%%% final points are: z$, z$vh, z$$, where z$vh=(x$,y$$) -def VH(suffix $, $$) = - z$vh=(x$,y$$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{VhV} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VhV routine} -% Calculates the point |z$vhv| on the vertical line through |z$| and the -% point |z$$vhv| on the vertical line through |z$$|, such that the line -% |z$vhv--z$$vhv| is horizontal and centered vertically between the given -% points (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Calculates mid-points on a path like |_ -%%% | (vertical, horizontal, vertical) -%%% final points are: z$, z$vhv, z$$vhv, z$$ -def VhV(suffix $, $$) = - y$$vhv=1/2[y$,y$$]; x$$vhv=x$$; - z$vhv=(x$,y$$vhv); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{HvH} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added HvH routine} -% Calculates the point |z$hvh| on the horizontal line through |z$| and the -% point |z$$hvh| on the horizontal line through |z$$|, such that the line -% |z$hvh--z$$hvh| is vertical and centered horizontally between the given -% points (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Calculates mid-points on a path like -|_ (horizontal, vertical, horizontal) -%%% final points are: z$, z$hvh, z$$hvh, z$$ -def HvH(suffix $, $$) = - x$hvh=1/2[x$,x$$]; y$hvh=y$; - z$$hvh=(x$hvh,y$$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{VyV} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VyV routine} -% A generalisation of |VhV|. -% Calculates the point |z$vyv| on the vertical line through |z$| and the -% horizontal line through |y@|, and the point |z$$vyv| on the vertical -% line through |z$$| and the horizontal line through |y@| (see \fref{fig:vyxh}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Calculates turning points on a U shaped path (vertical, horizontal, vertical) -%%% final points are: z$, z$vyv, z$$vyv, z$$ -def VyV(suffix $, @, $$) = - z$$vyv=(x$$,y@); - z$vyv =(x$, y@); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{HxH} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added HxH routine} -% A generalisation of |HvH|. -% Calculates the point |z$hxh| on the horizontal line through |z$| and the -% vertical line through |x@|, and the -% point |z$$hgh| on the horizontal line through |z$$| and the vertical -% line through |x@| (see \fref{fig:vyxh}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Calculates corner points rotated U shaped path (horizontal, vertical, horizontal) -%%% final points are: z$, z$hxh, z$$hxh, z$$ -def HxH(suffix $, @, $$) = - z$$hxh=(x@,y$$); - z$hxh =(x@,y$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{namespace} -% |namespace(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{margin}|)| calculates the length of -% the text string \meta{name} plus the \meta{margin} length. The -% body is enclosed in parentheses\footnote{Requested by Stephan Hennig, -% \texttt{ctt} thread \textit{[MP, expressg, latexmp] namespace and textext}, -% 16 March 2004} -% so you can do \verb?c=2namespace...? -% \changes{v1.61}{2004/03/17}{Added parentheses to namespace macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% calculates length taken up by typesetting str, plus margin -def namespace(text str)(expr margin) = - (xpart lrcorner(str) - xpart llcorner(str) + margin) -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{dashes} -% Shorthand for a dashed line style. Use as: |draw ... dashes;|. -% \begin{macrocode} -def dashes = - dashed evenly -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{dots} -% Shorthand for a dotted line style. Use as: |draw ... dots;|. -% \begin{macrocode} -def dots = - dashed withdots -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{dashedgrid} -% |dashedgrid(|\meta{nx}, \meta{ny}, \meta{dist}|)| draws a thin dashed grid -% with \meta{nx} and \meta{ny} divisions in the $x$ and $y$ directions, -% with \meta{dist} between the grid lines. The grid lines are numbered. -% \begin{macrocode} -% draw a general dashed grid -def dashedgrid(expr nx, ny, dist) = - save zg_, zg__, oldpen; - pair zg_[], zg__[]; - pen oldpen; oldpen = currentpen; - pickup thinpen; - for i = 0 upto nx: - zg_[i] = (i*dist, 0); zg_[i+1000] = (i*dist, ny*dist); - draw zg_[i]--zg_[i+1000] dashes; - label.bot(decimal(i), zg_[i]); - endfor - for i = 0 upto ny: - zg__[i] = (0, i*dist); zg__[i+1000] = (nx*dist, i*dist); - draw zg__[i]--zg__[i+1000] dashes; - label.lft(decimal(i), zg__[i]); - endfor - pickup oldpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawgrid} -% |drawgrid| draws a thin dashed grid filling the permitted space for an -% ISO Standard diagram. The units are in mm and the lines are at 10mm intervals -% with labeling in terms of mm. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draw a 1cm spaced grid of 16(x) by 21(y) cms. (units are mm) -def drawgrid = - dashedgrid(16, 21, 10mm); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% The box drawing routines take as an argument the suffix (|$|) of the -% left-hand bottom corner point of the box, and normally the length and -% height of the box. -% The coordinates of the box corners -% are calculated (|z$bl|, |z$br|, |z$tr| and |z$tl|). The midpoints of -% the sides of the box (|z$bm|, |z$mr|, |z$tm|, |z$ml|) are calculated -% as well. The text `center' of the box is |z$c|, while the geometric -% center of the box will be at the intersection point of the lines -% |z$bm--z$tm| and |z$ml--z$mr|. See \fref{fig:boxpoints} for an -% illustration. -% -% \begin{routine}{rectpoints} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added rectpoints routine} -% The routine |rectpoints($, l, h)| calculates -% the corner and midpoints of a rectangular box with bottom left -% at |z$|, length |l| and height |h|. Note that it does \emph{not} -% calculate the center point (see \fref{fig:boxpoints}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% calculates corner and midpoints of a rectangle, -%%% bottom left at $, length l, height h -def rectpoints(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - z$bl = z$; - z$tr = (x$+l, y$+h); - z$br = (x$tr, y$bl); - z$tl = (x$bl, y$tr); - z$ml = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; - z$mr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; - z$bm = 1/2[z$bl, z$br]; - z$tm = 1/2[z$tl, z$tr]; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{rhompoints} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added rhompoints routine} -% The routine |rhompoints($, l, h, s)| calculates the corner and midpoints -% of a rhomboid length |l|, height |h|, sideslope |s|, and positioned -% with its bottom left hand corner at |z$|. The center point is \emph{not} -% calculated (see \fref{fig:eventpoints}). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% calculate corner, midpoints and center point of a rhomboid. -def rhompoints(suffix $)(expr l, h, s) = - save eshift; - numeric eshift; eshift = s*h; - z$bl = z$; - z$tr = (x$+l+eshift, y$+h); - z$br = (x$bl+l, y$bl); - z$tl = (x$bl+eshift, y$tr); - z$ml = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; - z$mr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; - z$bm = (1/2[x$ml,x$mr], y$bl); - z$tm = (x$bm, y$tr); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{circpoints} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added circpoints routine} -% The routine |circpoints($, d)| calculates the `corner' and `midpoints' -% on the circumference of a circle, center |z$| and diameter |d|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% calculate circumferential points on a circle -def circpoints(suffix $)(expr diam) = - save rad, sinrad, cosrad; - numeric rad, sinrad, cosrad; - rad = diam/2; - sinrad = rad*(sind 45); - cosrad = rad*(cosd 45); - z$c=z$; - z$ml=(x$c-rad, y$c); - z$mr=(x$c+rad, y$c); - z$bm=(x$c, y$c-rad); - z$tm=(x$c, y$c+rad); - z$tr=(x$c+cosrad, y$c+sinrad); - z$bl=(x$c-cosrad, y$c-sinrad); - z$br=(x$tr, y$bl); - z$tl=(x$bl, y$tr); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \subsection{Path routines} -% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added path routines} -% -% \begin{routine}{~} -% The binary operator |~| is a reimplementation of the METAFONT plain base -% |softjoin| path connector (METAFONTbook, page 266); -% it connects paths via a small circular arc -% radius |smoothrad|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% circular arc join between two paths -tertiarydef p ~ q = - begingroup - c_ := fullcircle scaled 2smoothrad shifted point 0 of q; - a_ := ypart(c_ intersectiontimes p); - b_ := ypart(c_ intersectiontimes q); - if a_ < 0: point 0 of p{direction 0 of p} else: subpath(0,a_) of p fi - ... if b_ < 0: {direction infinity of q}point infinity of q - else: subpath(b_,infinity) of q fi - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{sharply} -% |sharply(zi, zj, ...zn)| creates a piecewise linear path through the -% given points. (The code is based on the |flex| routine, -% page 267 of the METAFONTbook). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% piecewise linear path between the given points -def sharply(text t) = % t is a list of pairs - hide(n_:=0; for z=t: z_[incr n_]:=z; endfor) - z_1 for k=2 upto n_: --z_[k] endfor -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{smoothly} -% |smoothly(zi, zj, ...zn)| creates a piecewise linear path through the -% given points, with the sharp corners replaced by circular arcs of radius -% |smoothrad|. -% page 267 of the METAFONTbook). -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% piecewise linear path between the given points with smooth corners -def smoothly(text t) = % t is a list of pairs - hide(n_:=0; for z=t: z_[incr n_]:=z; endfor) - (z_1 for k=2 upto n_-1: --z_[k]) ~ (z_[k] endfor --z_[n_]) -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \subsection{Line end drawing routines} -% -% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added individual line end drawing routines} -% \begin{routine}{drawO} -% Draw an open circle, diameter |dotdiam| at the end of the vector -% |z$| to |z$$|. Any underlying graphic/text will be hidden. -% All the line end drawing routines have similar code. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw an open circle at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawO(suffix $, $$) = -% \end{macrocode} -% Keep everything inside a group and specify the local variables. -% \begin{macrocode} - begingroup - save v_, c_, l, p; -% \end{macrocode} -% Specify the types of the local variables. -% \begin{macrocode} - pair v_, c_; - numeric l; - path p; -% \end{macrocode} -% |v_| is the difference between the start and end points of the line. -% That is, it is the vector from the end point to the start point. -% \begin{macrocode} - v_ := z$-z$$; -% \end{macrocode} -% \DescribeRoutine{++} -% \DescribeRoutine{xpart} -% \DescribeRoutine{ypart} -% Using \Mpost's Pythagorean addition operator |++|, where |a++b| means -% $\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}$, we can calculate the length |l| of the line from -% the x and y dimension (|xpart| and |ypart|) of the vector |v_|. -% \begin{macrocode} - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line -% \end{macrocode} -% Using mediation involving the ratio of the circle radius to the length -% of the line, calculate |c_|, the required position of the center of -% the circle at the end of the line. -% \begin{macrocode} - c_ := (dotdiam/(2l))[z$$,z$]; -% \end{macrocode} -% |p| is the path for drawing the circle. -% \begin{macrocode} - p := fullcircle scaled dotdiam shifted c_; -% \end{macrocode} -% Erase anything underneath the circle. -% \begin{macrocode} - unfill p; -% \end{macrocode} -% Now we can draw the circle (twice to make sure it shows). -% \begin{macrocode} - draw p; draw p; -% \end{macrocode} -% Finish the local group and end. -% \begin{macrocode} - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawD} -% Draw a closed circle, diameter |dotdiam| at the end of the vector -% |z$| to |z$$|. Any underlying graphic/text will be hidden. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw a closed circle at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawD(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, l, p; - pair v_, c_; - numeric l; - path p; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (dotdiam/(2l))[z$$,z$]; - p := fullcircle scaled dotdiam shifted c_; - fill p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawOA} -% Draw an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% The same general code pattern is used for non-circular -% line end styles, and is described here. It is not too different -% from drawing circular ends, except that the orientation of the line -% has to be taken into account. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draw an open arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawOA(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gab/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead -% \end{macrocode} -% Calculate the unit vector in the direction of the line. -% \begin{macrocode} - v_u := unitvector v_; -% \end{macrocode} -% Calculate one of the corner points on the base of the triangle by -% shifting the midbase point in the direction of the normal to the -% line by half the base width. -% \begin{macrocode} - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); -% \end{macrocode} -% Specify that the other corner point is symmetrically opposite the first. -% \begin{macrocode} - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; -% \end{macrocode} -% Draw the triangular arrowhead. -% \begin{macrocode} - p = c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; - unfill p; - draw p; draw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawCA} -% Draw a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draw a closed arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawCA(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gab/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; - p = c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; - filldraw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawA} -% Draw a simple arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draw a simple arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawA(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gab/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; - p = c_b--z$$--c_t; - draw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawF} -% Draw a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a fanin at the end of the vector from $ to $$ -def drawF(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gfb/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gfl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % apex of fan - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := z$$ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - z$$ = z$$ - c_t; - p = c_b--c_--c_t; - draw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \subsection{Line drawing routines} -% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Stripped in-line line end code from line drawing routines} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdots} -% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw a dotted line from $ to $$ -def drawdots(suffix $, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsthree} -% Draw a straight dotted line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draws the dotted line $--@--$$ -def drawdotsthree(suffix $, @, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z@--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsfour} -% Draw a straight dotted line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw the dotted line $--@--@@--$$ -def drawdotsfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsO} -% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw a dotted line from $ to $$ with open circle at $$ -def drawdotsO(suffix $, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; - drawO($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsthreeO} -% Draw a straight dotted line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draws the dotted line $--@--$$ -def drawdotsthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z@--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; - drawO(@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsfourO} -% Draw a straight dotted line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw the dotted line $--@--@@--$$ -def drawdotsfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; - drawO(@@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdotsOO} -% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% Draw the dotted line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ -def drawdotsOO(suffix $, $$) = - pickup dotspen; - draw z$--z$$ dots; - pickup normalpen; - drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdash} -% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$ -def drawdash(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$ dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashthree} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the dashed line $--@--$$ -def drawdashthree(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$ dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashfour} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the dashed line $--@--@@--$$ -def drawdashfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashO} -% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ -def drawdashO(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$ dashes; - drawO($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashthreeO} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the dashed line $--@--$$ with circle at $$ -def drawdashthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$ dashes; - drawO(@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashfourO} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the dashed line $--@--@@--$$ with circle at $$ -def drawdashfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dashes; - drawO(@@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashOO} -% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawdashOO($, $$) -%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ -def drawdashOO(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$ dashes; - drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormal} -% Draw a normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$. -def drawnormal(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthree} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawnormalthree($, @, $$) -%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$ -def drawnormalthree(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfour} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$ -def drawnormalfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalO} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawnormalO($, $$) -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ -def drawnormalO(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawO($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeO} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a circle at $$ -def drawnormalthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$; - drawO(@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourO} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, -% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a circle at $$ -def drawnormalfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; - drawO(@@, $$); -enddef; - - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOO} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawnormalOO($, $$) -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ -def drawnormalOO(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in a dot diameter dotdiam at $$ -def drawnormalD(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawD($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a dot at $$ -def drawnormalthreeD(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$; - drawD(@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, -% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a dot at $$ -def drawnormalfourD(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; - drawD(@@, $$); -enddef; - - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalDD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending in black dots, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in dots diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ -def drawnormalDD(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawD($, $$); drawD($$, $); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOA} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with an open arrowhead at $$ -def drawnormalOA(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawOA($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalCA} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a closed arrowhead at $$ -def drawnormalCA(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawCA($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeCA} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, -% ending in a closed arrowhead at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a black arrowhead at $$ -def drawnormalthreeCA(suffix $, @, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z$$; - drawCA(@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourCA} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, -% ending in a closed arrowhead at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a black arrowhead at $$ -def drawnormalfourCA(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; - drawCA(@@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalF} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a fanin at $$ -def drawnormalF(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawF($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalFO} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, -% at |z$| and an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, with a fanin at $ and an open circle at $$ -def drawnormalFO(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawO($, $$); drawF($$, $); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawthick} -% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$| -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$. -def drawthick(suffix $, $$) = - pickup thickpen; - draw z$--z$$; - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawthickO} -% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ -def drawthickO(suffix $, $$) = - pickup thickpen; - draw z$--z$$; - drawO($, $$); - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawthickOO} -% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. -% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Added thickpen to drawthickOO} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ -def drawthickOO(suffix $, $$) = - pickup thickpen; - draw z$--z$$; - drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); - pickup normalpen; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{smooth} -% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. -% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. The code employs the -% same technique as used for putting dots, etc., at the end of a line. -% However, in this case we `undraw' the sharp corner before drawing the -% arc. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smooth routine} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% replaces the sharp corner on $--@--$$ with a circular arc radius smoothrad -def smooth(suffix $, @, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, l, p; - pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; - path p; - v_ := z@-z$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ - c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ - v_' := z$$-z@; - l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ - c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ - undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join - draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_'; % draw the arc - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{smoothtwo} -% Rounds the joins at |z@| and |z@@| between the three straight lines -% |z$--z@--z@@--z$$|. -% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothtwo routine} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% replaces the sharp corners on $--@--@@--$$ with a circular arc radius smoothrad -def smoothtwo(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = - smooth($, @, @@); smooth(@, @@, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{smoothdash} -% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two dashed straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. -% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothdash routine} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% replaces the sharp corner on the dashed lines $--@--$$ -%%% with a circular arc radius smoothrad -def smoothdash(suffix $, @, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, l, p; - pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; - path p; - v_ := z@-z$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ - c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ - v_' := z$$-z@; - l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ - c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ - undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join - draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_' dashes; % draw the dashed arc - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{smoothdots} -% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two dotted straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. -% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothdots routine} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% replaces the sharp corner on the dotted line $--@--$$ -%%% with a circular arc radius smoothrad -def smoothdots(suffix $, @, $$) = - begingroup - save oldpen; - pen oldpen; oldpen := currentpen; - save v_, c_, l, p; - pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; - path p; - v_ := z@-z$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ - c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ - v_' := z$$-z@; - l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ - c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ - undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join - pickup dotspen; - draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_' dots; % draw the dotted arc - pickup oldpen; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \subsection{Box drawing routines} -% -% The box drawing routines take as an argument the suffix (|$|) of the -% left-hand bottom corner point of the box, and normally the length and -% height of the box. There is normally also a text argument that gets -% typeset at the `center' of the box. The coordinates of the box corners -% are calculated (|z$bl|, |z$br|, |z$tr| and |z$tl|). The midpoints of -% the sides of the box (|z$bm|, |z$mr|, |z$tm|, |z$ml|) are calculated -% as well. The text `center' of the box is |z$c|, while the geometric -% center of the box will be at the intersection point of the lines -% |z$bm--z$tm| and |z$ml--z$mr|. See \fref{fig:boxpoints} for an -% illustration. -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawSCHEMA} -% |drawSCHEMA(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a SCHEMA box. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a schema box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawSCHEMA(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - x$c = 1/2[x$ml, x$mr]; - y$c = 1/2[y$ml, y$tl]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; % outer box - draw z$ml--z$mr; % dividing line - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawSDT} -% |drawSDT(|\meta{suffix}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a simple data type box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawSDT($)(name) -% draw a simple data type box, bottom left at $ -def drawSDT(suffix $)(text str) = - rectpoints($, sdtbl, sdtbh); - z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); - z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - draw z$bi--z$ti; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawASDT} -% |drawASDT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a simple data type box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawASDT($, l, h)(name) -% draw a simple data type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawASDT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); - z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - draw z$bi--z$ti; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% The |drawNAME(|\meta{suffix}|)| routines draw a simple data type -% box of the given name using the applicable lengths and heights. -% \begin{routine}{drawBINARY} -% \begin{routine}{drawBOOLEAN} -% \begin{routine}{drawCOMPLEX} -% \begin{routine}{drawEXPRESSION} -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawBINARY(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("BINARY"); - enddef; -def drawBOOLEAN(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("BOOLEAN"); - enddef; -def drawCOMPLEX(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("COMPLEX"); - enddef; -def drawEXPRESSION(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbel, sdtbeh)("EXPRESSION"); - enddef; -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawGENERIC} -% \begin{routine}{drawINTEGER} -% \begin{routine}{drawLOGICAL} -% \begin{routine}{drawNUMBER} -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawGENERIC(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("GENERIC"); - enddef; -def drawINTEGER(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("INTEGER"); - enddef; -def drawLOGICAL(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("LOGICAL"); - enddef; -def drawNUMBER(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("NUMBER"); - enddef; -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawREAL} -% \begin{routine}{drawSTRING} -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawREAL(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("REAL"); - enddef; -def drawSTRING(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("STRING"); - enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawENUM} -% |drawENUM(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% an ENUMERATION type box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawENUM($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw an enumeration type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawENUM(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); - z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; - draw z$bi--z$ti dashes; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawSELECT} -% |drawSELECT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a SELECT type box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawSELECT($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw a select type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawSELECT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$ti = (x$tl+sdtbs, y$tl); - z$bi = (x$ti, y$bl); - z$c = 1/2[z$br,z$ti]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; - draw z$bi--z$ti dashes; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawTYPE} -% |drawTYPE(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a user-defined TYPE type box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawTYPE($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw a simple user defined TYPE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawTYPE(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawENT} -% |drawENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% an ENTITY box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawENT($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw an entity box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawOB} -% |drawOB(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)| draws -% a rectangular box with rounded corners (an \ExpressG{} oval box). -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawOB($, l, h) -% draw an oval box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawOB(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - save rad; - numeric rad; rad := h/2; - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$cl = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; - z$cr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; - z$bli = (x$bl+rad, y$bl); - z$tli = (x$bli, y$tl); - z$bri = (x$br-rad, y$br); - z$tri = (x$bri, y$tr); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - draw z$bli--z$bri..z$cr..z$tri--z$tli..z$cl..cycle; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawPREF} -% |drawPREF(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a page reference oval box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawPREF($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw a page reference box oval, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawPREF(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - drawOB($, l, h); - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawISU} -% |drawISU(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% an interschema USE box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawISU($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw an interschema USE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawISU(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - save quarter; - numeric quarter; quarter := h/4; - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$o = (x$, y$+quarter); - drawOB($o, l, 2quarter); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - label(str, z$c); - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawISUR} -% |drawISUR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{rename}|)| draws -% an interschema USE RENAME box. -% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Changed rnm to rname in drawISUR} -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawISUR($, l, h)(name)(rename) -%%% draw an interschema USE RENAME box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawISUR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str, rname) = - save third; - numeric third; third := h/3; - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$o = (x$, y$+third); - drawOB($o, l, third); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl, z$tr]; - label(str, z$c); - z$rnm = 1/2[z$bl,(x$br,y$br+third)]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - label(rname, z$rnm); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawISR} -% |drawISR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% an interschema RERERENCE box. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawISR($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw an interschema REFERENCE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawISR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - save quarter; - numeric quarter; quarter := h/4; - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$o = (x$, y$+quarter); - drawOB($o, l, 2quarter); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - label(str, z$c); - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawISRR} -% |drawISRR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{rename}|)| draws -% an interschema REFERENCE RENAME box. -% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Changed rnm to rname in drawISSR} -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawISRR($, l, h)(name)(rename) -%%% draw an interschema REFERENCE RENAME box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawISRR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str, rname) = - save third; - numeric third; third := h/3; - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$o = (x$, y$+third); - drawOB($o, l, third); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - label(str, z$c); - z$rnm = 1/2[z$bl,(x$br,y$br+third)]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; - label(rname, z$rnm); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawLEVENT} -% |drawLEVENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a Local EVENT box, with side slope |eventslope|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawLEVENT($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw a Local EVENT box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawLEVENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rhompoints($, l, h, eventslope); - z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawGEVENT} -% |drawGEVENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a Global EVENT box, with side slope |eventslope|. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawGEVENT($, l, h)(name) -%%% draw a Global EVENT box, bottom left at $, length l, height h -def drawGEVENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rhompoints($, l, h, eventslope); - z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - pickup thickpen; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - pickup normalpen; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawcirclebox} -% |drawcirclebox(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{diam}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws -% a circle, center |zsuffix| and diameter \meta{diam}, around \meta{name}. -% \begin{macrocode} -% drawcirclebox($, diam)(name) -%%% draw a circled name, diameter diam centered at $ -def drawcirclebox(suffix $)(expr diam)(text str) = - circpoints($, diam); - draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \subsection{Extra BLA variables and routines} -% -% Some extra facilities are provided for assistance in drawing -% non-\ExpressG{} BLA diagrams, such as flow charts, IDEF diagrams -% or UML structure diagrams. -% -% \begin{variable}{gdl} -% \begin{variable}{gdb} -% |gdl| is the length of a diamond line end style and |gdb| is the base -% width. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% length and base width of diamond line end styles -newinternal gdl, gdb; -numeric gdl, gdb; -gdl := 2defaultgal; -gdb := 0.75defaultgab; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{variable} -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{routine}{ellipsepoints} -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added ellipsepoints routine} -% Calculates the points on an ellipse, center at |z$| with horizontal -% diameter |l| and vertical diameter |h|. It does \emph{not} calculate -% the center point. -% \begin{macrocode} -def ellipsepoints(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - save epp, move; - path epp; - pair move; - z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$mr=(x$ml+l,y$); - z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); - move = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - epp = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted move; - z$tr = point 1.2 of epp; - z$tl = point 2.8 of epp; - z$bl = point 5.2 of epp; - z$br = point 6.8 of epp; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawDCA} -% Draw double closed arrowheads, each length |gal| and base -% width |gab|, at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added drawDCA} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws double closed arrowheads at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawDCA(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; - path p[]; - numeric l, hb; - hb := gab/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; - p1 := c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; - filldraw p1; - p2 := p1 shifted ((xpart c_ - x$$), (ypart c_ - y$$)); - filldraw p2; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawOD} -% Draw an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws an open diamond at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawOD(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gdb/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gdl/(2l))[z$$,z$]; % base of diamond - c__ := (gdl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % interior tip of diamond - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; - p = c_b--z$$--c_t--c__--cycle; - unfill p; - draw p; draw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawCD} -% Draw a closed diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a closed diamond at end of vector from $ to $$ -def drawCD(suffix $, $$) = - begingroup - save v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; - pair v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b; - numeric l, hb; - path p; - hb := gdb/2; - v_ := z$-z$$; - l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line - c_ := (gdl/(2l))[z$$,z$]; % base of diamond - c__ := (gdl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % interior tip of diamond - v_u := unitvector v_; - c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); - c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; - p = c_b--z$$--c_t--c__--cycle; - filldraw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashA} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with an arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending with an arrowhead at $$ -def drawdashA(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$ dashes; - drawA($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashOA} -% Draw a straight dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending with an open arrowhead at $$ -def drawdashOA(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$ dashes; - drawOA($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalDCA} -% Draw a straight normal line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with double closed arrowheads, each length |gal| and base -% width |gab|, at |z$$|. -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawnormalDCA} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with double closed arrowheads at $$ -def drawnormalDCA(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawDCA($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with an open diamond at $$ -def drawnormalOD(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawOD($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawnormalCD} -% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, -% ending with a closed diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, -% at |z$$|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a closed diamond at $$ -def drawnormalCD(suffix $, $$) = - draw z$--z$$; - drawCD($, $$); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashcircle} -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawdashcircle} -% Draw a normal thickness dashed open circle, center |z$|, diameter |diam|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws an open dashed circle, center z$, diameter diam -def drawdashcircle(suffix $)(expr diam) = - circpoints($, diam); - draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawcircleA} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawcircleA routine} -% Draw a normal thickness open circle, center |z$|, diameter |diam|, and with -% a counterclockwise pointing arrow at the topmost point. The arrow has -% length |gal| and base width |gab|. -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws an open circle, center z$, diameter diam, with an arrow at the top -def drawcircleA(suffix $)(expr diam) = - circpoints($, diam); - begingroup - save c_, c_t, c_b, hb; - pair c_, c_t, c_b; - numeric hb; - hb := gab/2; - c_ := z$tm shifted (gal*right); % base of arrowhead - c_t := c_ shifted (hb*up); - c_b := c_ shifted (hb*down); - draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle; - draw c_t--z$tm--c_b; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawDot} -% Draw a black dot, center |z$|, diameter |diam|. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawDot} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws black dot, center z$, diameter diam -def drawDot(suffix $)(expr diam) = - begingroup - save p; - path p; - p := fullcircle scaled diam shifted z$; - filldraw p; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \nd{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawCircledDot} -% Draw a black dot, center |z$|, surrounded by a circle, overall -% diameter |diam|. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawCircledDot} -% \begin{macrocode} -%%% draws black dot surrounded by a circle, center z$, diameter diam -def drawCircledDot(suffix $)(expr diam) = - begingroup - save l_, p; - numeric l_; - path p[]; - l_ := 5/7diam; - p1 := fullcircle scaled diam shifted z$; - unfill p1; - draw p1; - p2 := fullcircle scaled l_ shifted z$; - filldraw p2; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \nd{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawcardbox} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawcardbox routine} -% Draw a rectangular box that has its top righthand corner folded down. -% |m| is the height/length of the fold. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawcardbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, m)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - begingroup - save c; - pair c[]; - c1 = (x$tr-m, y$tr); - c3 = (x$tr, y$tr-m); - c2 = (xpart c1, ypart c3); - draw z$bl--z$br--c3--c1--z$tl--cycle; - draw c1--c2--c3; - endgroup; - z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdiamondbox} -% Draw a diamond shaped box. Like circles, the box is located at its -% center point and -% not at the bottom left corner (see \fref{fig:diamondpoints}). -% -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawdiamondbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); - z$mr=(x$ml+l, y$); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); - z$bl=1/2[z$ml,z$bm]; - z$br=1/2[z$bm,z$mr]; - z$tr=1/2[z$mr,z$tm]; - z$tl=1/2[z$tm,z$ml]; - z$c=z$; - draw z$ml--z$bm--z$mr--z$tm--cycle; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawtwodiamondbox} -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawtwodiamondbox routine} -% Draw a diamond shaped box with a smaller diamond inside. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawtwodiamondbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, mrg)(text str) = - z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); - z$mr=(x$ml+l, y$); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); - z$bl=1/2[z$ml,z$bm]; - z$br=1/2[z$bm,z$mr]; - z$tr=1/2[z$mr,z$tm]; - z$tl=1/2[z$tm,z$ml]; - z$c=z$; - begingroup - save v_, p, tl, sf; - pair v_; - numeric tl, sf; - path p[]; - p1 = z$ml--z$bm--z$mr--z$tm--cycle; - draw p1; - v_ := z$c-z$tr; - tl := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); - sf = 1.0 - mrg/tl; - p2 = p1 shifted -z$c scaled sf shifted z$c; - draw p2; - endgroup; - label(str, z$c); - -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdoublerectangle} -% Draw a double box where |tf| is the fraction of the height of the -% top portion. The ends of the dividing line are |z$tfl| and |z$tfr|. -% The text centers are |z$ct| and |z$cb| for the top and bottom portions. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawdoublerectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h, tf) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$tfl=tf[z$tl,z$bl]; z$tfr=tf[z$tr,z$br]; - z$cb=1/2[z$bl,z$tfr]; - z$ct=1/2[z$tfl,z$tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - draw z$tfl--z$tfr; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawtriplerectangle} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawtriplerectangle routine} -% Draws a triple box, where |tf| is the fraction of the height for the -% top portion and |bf| is the fraction of the height for the bottom -% portion. Text centers for the three portions are |z$ct|, |z$cm| and |z$cb| -% for the top, middle and bottom portions. The points at the ends of the -% dividing lines are |z$tfl| and |z$tfr| for the top portion -% and |z$bfl| and |z$bfr| for the bottom. -% -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawtriplerectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h, tf, bf) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$tfl=tf[z$tl,z$bl]; z$tfr=tf[z$tr,z$br]; - z$bfl=bf[z$bl,z$tl]; z$bfr=bf[z$br,z$tr]; - z$cb=1/2[z$bl,z$bfr]; - z$cm=1/2[z$bfl,z$tfr]; - z$ct=1/2[z$tfl,z$tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - draw z$bfl--z$bfr; - draw z$tfl--z$tfr; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{hiderectangle} -% Draws an invisible rectangular box of the usual dimensions that -% covers up anything underneath it. -% \begin{macrocode} -def hiderectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - begingroup - save c; - pair c[]; - c1=(x$,y$); - c2=c1+(l,0); - c3=c1+(l,h); - c4=c1+(0,h); - unfilldraw c1--c2--c3--c4--cycle; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashboxover} -% Draws a dashed box that covers up anything underneath it. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawdashboxover(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - hiderectangle($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawindexbox} -% Draws an index box. The main box is |l| by |h| and the small box -% at the top left is |lp| by |hp|. The main box points are the usual -% |z$bl| etc, but the top box points are |z$P.bl| etc. The |str| -% is put at the center (|z$P.c|) of the small box. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawindexbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, lp, hp)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - z$P = z$tl; - rectpoints($P, lp, hp); - z$P.c = 1/2[z$P.bl, z$P.tr]; - draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - draw z$P.bl--z$P.br--z$P.tr--z$P.tl--cycle; - label(str, z$P.c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawroundedbox} -% Draws a rectangular box with rounded corners (like the \LaTeX{} |\oval|). -% The box is |l| by |h| and located by the bottom left corner. The -% corners are rounded with a radius of |r|. If the radius is too large for -% the box it is reduced so that at least two opposite sides are semi-circular. -% The |str| is put at the center (|z$c|) of the box. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawroundedbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, r)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - begingroup - save rad; - numeric rad; rad := r; - if rad > l/2: - rad := l/2; - fi - if rad > h/2: - rad := h/2; - fi - draw (x$br-rad, y$br){right}..{up}(x$br, y$br+rad)-- - (x$tr, y$tr-rad){up}..{left}(x$tr-rad, y$tr)-- - (x$tl+rad, y$tl){left}..{down}(x$tl, y$tl-rad)-- - (x$bl, y$bl+rad){down}..{right}(x$bl+rad, y$bl)--cycle; - endgroup; - z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawovalbox} -% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawovalbox routine} -% Draws an elliptical box with horizontal diameter |l| and vertical diameter -% |h|. The box is located by the center point. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawovalbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - ellipsepoints($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - begingroup - save p; - path p; - p = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted z$c; - draw p; - endgroup; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdashellipse} -% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawdashellipse routine} -% Draws a dashed elliptical box with horizontal diameter |l| and vertical diameter -% |h|. The ellipse is located by the center point. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawdashellipse(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - ellipsepoints($, l, h); - z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; - begingroup - save p; - path p; - p = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted z$c; - draw p dashes; - endgroup -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawdrum} -% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added drawdrum routine} -% Draws a drum box with length |l| and height |h|. The top and bottom -% ellipse minor/major diamter ratio id |drumlid|. The text is put at the -% (curved) center of the drum. -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawdrum(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - save vdia; numeric vdia; - vdia := drumlid*l; % ellipse vertical diameter - save pf, ph; path pf, ph; % full & half ellipse paths - - % points on the basic rectangle - z$bl = z$; - z$tr = (x$+l, y$+h); - z$br = (x$tr, y$); - z$tl = (x$, y$tr); - z$ml = 1/2[z$bl,z$tl]; - z$mr = 1/2[z$br,z$tr]; - z$tc = 1/2[z$tl,z$tr]; % center of top rectangle line - z$bc = 1/2[z$bl,z$br]; - % draw box sides - draw z$tl--z$bl; draw z$tr--z$br; - - % points on top ellipse - z$T''' = z$tc; % ellipse center - ellipsepoints($T''', l, vdia); - z$tm = z$T'''.tm; - z$tml = z$T'''.tl; - z$tmr = z$T'''.tr; - - % points on bottom ellipse - z$B''' = z$bc; - ellipsepoints($B''', l, vdia); - z$bm = z$B'''.bm; - z$bml = z$B'''.bl; - z$bmr = z$B'''.br; - - % box center point - z$c = 1/2[z$T'''.bm, z$B'''.bm]; - - % draw top ellipse - pf = fullcircle scaled vdia xscaled (l/vdia) shifted z$T'''; - draw pf; - % draw bottom half ellipse - ph = (halfcircle rotated 180) scaled vdia xscaled (l/vdia) shifted z$B'''; - draw ph; - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% \begin{routine}{drawoutputbox} -% Draws an output box. The box is |l| by |h| and the |str| -% is put at the center. The bottom of the box is a wavy line. -% -% This code was supplied by Guy Worthington (see \texttt{comp.text.tex} -% newsgroup thread \textit{Trial, ignore}, January 2004, and in -% particuar Guy's message of 2004/01/27). -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawoutputbox} -% \begin{macrocode} -def drawoutputbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = - rectpoints($, l, h); - begingroup - save c; - pair c[]; - c1 = (x$br, y$br+1/8h); % right side of box is shorter - c2 = (x$bm, y$bm+1/16h); - % draw the tear - draw z$bl..c2{dir 45}..c1{dir -15}--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; - endgroup; - z$c = (x$bm, 1/2(y$bm+y$tm)); - label(str, z$c); -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% \begin{routine}{drawstickman} -% Draws a full frontal genderless stick figure, inside a rectangle -% |l| by |h|. -% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawstickman} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def drawstickman(suffix $)(expr l, h) = - rectpoints($,l,h); - begingroup - save c; - pair c[]; - c1 = 8/24[z$bm,z$tm]; - c2 = 15/24[z$bm,z$tm]; - c3 = 18/24[z$bm,z$tm]; - c4 = 1/2[c3,z$tm]; - c6 = (x$bl, ypart(c2)); - c7 = (x$br, ypart(c2)); - draw z$bl--c1--z$br; % legs - draw c1--c3; % body - draw c6--c7; % arms - draw c3{right}..z$tm{left}..cycle; % head - endgroup; -enddef; - -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{routine} -% -% -% -% -% The end of the package -% -% \begin{macrocode} -% -% \end{macrocode} -% -% -% \bibliographystyle{alpha} -% \begin{thebibliography}{RBP+91} -% -% \bibitem[EN89]{ELMASRI89} -% R.~Elmasri and S.~B.~Navathe. -% \newblock \emph{Fundamentals of Database Systems}. -% \newblock Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co. Inc., 1989. -% -% \bibitem[GMS94]{GOOSSENS94} -% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. -% \newblock \emph{The LaTeX Companion}. -% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. -% -% \bibitem[GRM97]{GOOSSENS97} -% Michel Goossens, Sebastian Rahtz, and Frank Mittelbach. -% \newblock \emph{The LaTeX Graphics Companion}. -% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1997. -% -% \bibitem[Hob92]{MPOST} -% John D.~Hobby. -% \newblock \emph{A user's manual for MetaPost}. -% \newblock Computing Science Technical Report no. 162, -% AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, April 1992. -% (Available from CTAN with the MetaPost distribution -% in \texttt{.../graphics/metapost}). -% -% \bibitem[Hoe98]{HOENIG98} -% Alan Hoenig. -% \newblock \emph{TeX Unbound}. -% \newblock Oxford University Press, 1998. -% -% \bibitem[IDE85]{IDEF1X} -% AFWAL/MLTC, Wright-Patterson AFB, OH. -% \newblock \emph{Integrated Informatiuon Support Systems (IISS), Vol.~V: -% Common Data Model Subsystem, Part 4: Information Modeling Manual -% --- IDEF1X}. -% \newblock Report Number: AFWAL--TR--86--4006, Volume~V, 1985. -% -% \bibitem[ISO87]{TR9007} -% ISO TR9007. -% \newblock \emph{Information processing systems --- -% Concepts and terminology for the conceptual schema and -% the information base}, 1987. -% -% \bibitem[ISO94]{STEP11} -% ISO 10303-11:1994. -% \newblock \emph{Industrial automation systems and integration --- -% Product data representation and exchange --- -% Part~11: Description methods: The EXPRESS language reference manual}, -% 1994. -% -% \bibitem[Knu86]{MFONT} -% Donald E~Knuth. -% \newblock \emph{The METAFONTbook}. -% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986. -% -% \bibitem[Lam94]{LATEX} -% Leslie Lamport. -% \newblock \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preperation System}. -% \newblock Second edition. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. -% -% \bibitem[NH89]{NIJSSEN89} -% G.~M.~Nijssen and T.~A.~Halpin. -% \newblock \emph{Conceptual Schema and Relational Database Design}. -% \newblock Prentice Hall, 1989. -% -% \bibitem[Rec97]{RECKDAHL97} -% Keith Reckdahl. -% \newblock \emph{Using EPS Graphics in LaTeX2e Documents}. -% \newblock February 1997. -% (Available from CTAN as \texttt{../info/epslatex.ps}). -% -% -% \bibitem[RBP+91]{RUMBAUGH91} -% J.~Rumbaugh, M.~Blaha, W.~Premerlani, F.~Eddy and W.~Lorensen. -% \newblock \emph{Object-Oriented Modeling and Design } -% \newblock Prentice Hall, 1991. -% -% \bibitem[SW94]{EBOOK} -% Douglas A.~Schenck and Peter R.~Wilson. -% \newblock \emph{Information Modeling the EXPRESS Way}. -% \newblock Oxford University Press, 1994. -% (ISBN 0-19-508714-3) -% -% \bibitem[SM88]{SHLAER88} -% S.~Shlaer and S.~J.~Mellor. -% \newblock \emph{Object-Oriented System Analysis}. -% \newblock Yourdon Press, 1988. -% -% \bibitem[Wil99]{METAFP} -% Peter Wilson. -% \newblock \emph{Some Experiences in Running METAFONT and MetaPost}. -% \newblock November, 1999. -% (Available from CTAN as \texttt{../info/metafp.ps}). -% -% \end{thebibliography} -% -% \textbf{Note:} See \texttt{http://www.tug.org} for information on accessing -% CTAN --- the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network. -% -% -% \Finale -% \PrintIndex -% -\endinput - -%% \CharacterTable -%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.ins deleted file mode 100644 index 7d467b833e8..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/expressg/expressg.ins +++ /dev/null @@ -1,114 +0,0 @@ -%% expressg.ins -%% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 -%% (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) -%% Copyright 1996, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either -%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any -%% later version. -%% The latest version of the license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of -%% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". -%% -%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. -%% -%% -%% This file will generate fast loadable files and documentation -%% driver files from the doc files in this work when run through -%% LaTeX. -%% -%% -%% -%% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ -%% -\def\batchfile{expressg.ins} -\input docstrip.tex -\preamble - - Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 - (or pandgwilson@earthlink.net) - Copyright 1996, 2003 Peter R. Wilson - - v1.0 1996/05/09 (first release) - v1.2 1999/11/15 - v1.3 2000/05/22 - v1.4 2000/07/10 - v1.5 2003/07/31 - v1.6 2004/02/29 - v1.61 2004/03/17 - - This work may be distributed and/or modified under the - conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either - version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any - later version. - The latest version of the license is in - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of - LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. - - This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". - - This work consists of the files listed in the README file. - This program is provided under the terms of the - LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN - archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. - -\endpreamble - -\keepsilent - -%%% \Msg{*** Generating the driver file ***} -%%% \generateFile{expressg.drv}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{driver}} - -\Msg{*** Generating the Metapost files ***} - -\usepostamble\empty -\generateFile{expressg.mp}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{up}} -\generateFile{expeg.mp}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{eg}} - - -\Msg{*** Generating the LaTeX files ***} -\usepostamble\defaultpostamble - -\generateFile{expeg.tex}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{egt}} - -\Msg{*** Generating the script files ***} - -\usepreamble\empty -\usepostamble\empty -\generateFile{n2mps.sh}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{shell}} -\generateFile{n2mpsprl.prl}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{perl}} - -\Msg{***********************************************************} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} -\Msg{* files into directories searched by Metapost:} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* \space\space expressg.mp} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To run the examples move the following files into a} -\Msg{* working directory:} -\Msg{* \space\space expeg.mp} -\Msg{* \space\space expeg.tex} -\Msg{* Then run MetaPost on expeg.mp and (pdf)LaTeX on expeg.tex.} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To run the scripts, make the following files executable:} -\Msg{* \space\space n2mps.sh} -\Msg{* \space\space n2mpsprl.prl} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the files ending with} -\Msg{* `.dtx' through LaTeX.} -\Msg{* Process any name.idx file by:} -\Msg{* \space\space\space\space makeindex -s gind.ist name} -\Msg{* Process any name.glo file by:} -\Msg{* \space\space\space\space makeindex -s gglo.ist -o name.gls name.glo} -\Msg{*} -\Msg{* Happy TeXing} -\Msg{***********************************************************} - -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.dtx new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f8a737c8e51 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.dtx @@ -0,0 +1,6553 @@ +% \iffalse meta-comment +% +% expressg.dtx +% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 +% (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) +% Copyright 1996, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson +% +% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any +% later version. +% The latest version of the license is in +% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. +% +% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +% +% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. +% +% If you do not have the docmfp package (available from CTAN in +% tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/supported), comment out the +% \usepackage{docmfp} line below and uncomment the line following it. +% +%<*driver> +\documentclass{ltxdoc} +\usepackage{docmfp} +%%%% \newenvironment{variable}[1]{}{} \newenvironment{routine}[1]{}{} +\providecommand{\DescribeVariable}[1]{} \providecommand{\DescribeRoutine}[1]{} +\providecommand{\variablestring}{} \renewcommand{\variablestring}{\space(v)} +\providecommand{\routinestring}{} \renewcommand{\routinestring}{\space(r)} +\EnableCrossrefs +\CodelineIndex +\setcounter{StandardModuleDepth}{1} + +\begin{document} + \DocInput{expressg.dtx} +\end{document} +% +% +% \fi +% +% \CheckSum{171} +% +% \DoNotIndex{\',\.,\@M,\@@input,\@addtoreset,\@arabic,\@badmath} +% \DoNotIndex{\@centercr,\@cite} +% \DoNotIndex{\@dotsep,\@empty,\@float,\@gobble,\@gobbletwo,\@ignoretrue} +% \DoNotIndex{\@input,\@ixpt,\@m} +% \DoNotIndex{\@minus,\@mkboth,\@ne,\@nil,\@nomath,\@plus,\@set@topoint} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempboxa,\@tempcnta,\@tempdima,\@tempdimb} +% \DoNotIndex{\@tempswafalse,\@tempswatrue,\@viipt,\@viiipt,\@vipt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@vpt,\@warning,\@xiipt,\@xipt,\@xivpt,\@xpt,\@xviipt} +% \DoNotIndex{\@xxpt,\@xxvpt,\\,\ ,\addpenalty,\addtolength,\addvspace} +% \DoNotIndex{\advance,\Alph,\alph} +% \DoNotIndex{\arabic,\ast,\begin,\begingroup,\bfseries,\bgroup,\box} +% \DoNotIndex{\bullet} +% \DoNotIndex{\cdot,\cite,\CodelineIndex,\cr,\day,\DeclareOption} +% \DoNotIndex{\def,\DisableCrossrefs,\divide,\DocInput,\documentclass} +% \DoNotIndex{\DoNotIndex,\egroup,\ifdim,\else,\fi,\em,\endtrivlist} +% \DoNotIndex{\EnableCrossrefs,\end,\end@dblfloat,\end@float,\endgroup} +% \DoNotIndex{\endlist,\everycr,\everypar,\ExecuteOptions,\expandafter} +% \DoNotIndex{\fbox} +% \DoNotIndex{\filedate,\filename,\fileversion,\fontsize,\framebox,\gdef} +% \DoNotIndex{\global,\halign,\hangindent,\hbox,\hfil,\hfill,\hrule} +% \DoNotIndex{\hsize,\hskip,\hspace,\hss,\if@tempswa,\ifcase,\or,\fi,\fi} +% \DoNotIndex{\ifhmode,\ifvmode,\ifnum,\iftrue,\ifx,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi,\fi} +% \DoNotIndex{\input} +% \DoNotIndex{\jobname,\kern,\leavevmode,\let,\leftmark} +% \DoNotIndex{\list,\llap,\long,\m@ne,\m@th,\mark,\markboth,\markright} +% \DoNotIndex{\month,\newcommand,\newcounter,\newenvironment} +% \DoNotIndex{\NeedsTeXFormat,\newdimen} +% \DoNotIndex{\newlength,\newpage,\nobreak,\noindent,\null,\number} +% \DoNotIndex{\numberline,\OldMakeindex,\OnlyDescription,\p@} +% \DoNotIndex{\pagestyle,\par,\paragraph,\paragraphmark,\parfillskip} +% \DoNotIndex{\penalty,\PrintChanges,\PrintIndex,\ProcessOptions} +% \DoNotIndex{\protect,\ProvidesClass,\raggedbottom,\raggedright} +% \DoNotIndex{\refstepcounter,\relax,\renewcommand,\reset@font} +% \DoNotIndex{\rightmargin,\rightmark,\rightskip,\rlap,\rmfamily,\roman} +% \DoNotIndex{\roman,\secdef,\selectfont,\setbox,\setcounter,\setlength} +% \DoNotIndex{\settowidth,\sfcode,\skip,\sloppy,\slshape,\space} +% \DoNotIndex{\symbol,\the,\trivlist,\typeout,\tw@,\undefined,\uppercase} +% \DoNotIndex{\usecounter,\usefont,\usepackage,\vfil,\vfill,\viiipt} +% \DoNotIndex{\viipt,\vipt,\vskip,\vspace} +% \DoNotIndex{\wd,\xiipt,\year,\z@} +% +% \changes{v1.0}{1996/05/09}{First public release} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Improved documentation using docmfp package} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Reordered descriptions and code} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Deleted Express Book examples} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Updated references} +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Reincluded Express Book examples, plus NIAM and S-M} +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothing, drawdrum, and others} +% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added sharp and smooth lines} +% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Minor bug fixes} +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{More boxes} +% \changes{v1.61}{2004/03/17}{Minor namespace feature fix} +% +% \newcommand{\dtxfilename}{\texttt{expressg.dtx}} +% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.0} +% \def\firstfiledate{1996/05/09} +% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.1} +% ^^A \def\filedate{1999/10/30} +% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.2} +% ^^A \def\filedate{1999/11/15} +% ^^A \def\fileversion{v1.3} +% ^^A \def\filedate{2000/05/22} +% \def\fileversion{v1.4} \def\filedate{2000/07/10} +% \def\fileversion{v1.5} \def\filedate{2003/07/31} +% \def\fileversion{v1.6} \def\filedate{2004/02/29} +% \def\fileversion{v1.61} \def\filedate{2004/03/17} +% \newcommand*{\Lpack}[1]{\textsf {#1}} ^^A typeset a package +% \newcommand*{\Lopt}[1]{\textsf {#1}} ^^A typeset an option +% \newcommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt {#1}} ^^A typeset a file +% \newcommand*{\Lcount}[1]{\textsl {\small#1}} ^^A typeset a counter +% \newcommand*{\pstyle}[1]{\textsl {#1}} ^^A typeset a pagestyle +% \newcommand*{\Lenv}[1]{\texttt {#1}} ^^A typeset an environment +% \newcommand*{\Express}{\textsc{express}} +% \newcommand*{\ExpressG}{\textsc{express-g}} +% \newcommand*{\Mpost}{\textsc{MetaPost}} +% \newcommand*{\Mfont}{METAFONT} +% \newcommand*{\fref}[1]{Figure~\ref{#1}} +% \newcommand*{\pref}[1]{page~\pageref{#1}} +% \newcommand*{\PS}{PostScript} +% \newcommand*{\EPS}{Encapsulated \PS} +% \newcommand*{\pdflatex}{pdf\LaTeX} +% +% \title{The \Lpack{Expressg} \Mpost{} package for drawing +% box-line-annotation diagrams\thanks{This +% file (\dtxfilename) has version number \fileversion, last revised +% \filedate.}} +% +% \author{% +% Peter Wilson\\ +% Catholic University of America \\ +% Now at \texttt{peter.r.wilson@boeing.com} +% } +% \date{(First published \firstfiledate) \\ \filedate} +% \maketitle +% \begin{abstract} +% The \Lpack{expressg} \Mpost{} package provides facilities to assist in +% drawing diagrams that consist of boxes, lines, and annotations. +% Particular support is provided for creating \ExpressG{} diagrams +% \end{abstract} +% \tableofcontents +% \listoffigures +% +% \StopEventually{} +% +% \section{Introduction} +% +% \ExpressG{} is an ISO international standard graphical information +% modeling +% language~\cite{STEP11,EBOOK}, and is a subset of the \Express{} lexical +% object-flavoured information modeling language. Like most graphical +% modeling languages, \ExpressG{} diagrams consist of boxes, lines, and +% annotations associated with the boxes and the lines. As a colleague +% of mine once put it, these kinds of graphical languages are BLA +% (boxes, lines, annotations) with respect to lexical languages. +% +% \Mpost~\cite{MPOST} is a powerful lexical language for producing +% \EPS\footnote{\PS{} is a registered trademark of Adobe +% Systems Incorporated.} diagrams, and is based on the \Mfont~\cite{MFONT} +% language for creating fonts. +% +% The \Lpack{expressg} package provides extensions to the base +% \Mpost{} language to facilitate the creation of \ExpressG{} diagrams. +% The package may also be used as is, or certainly by +% extension, for the creation of other BLA diagrams. +% +% \Mpost{} is typically used to generate pictures for inclusion +% in \LaTeX{} documents~\cite{LATEX}. By default it uses \TeX{} for +% typesetting any text; this behaviour can be modified so that \LaTeX{} +% is used instead. If standard \PS{} fonts (like Times) are +% used, then \LaTeX{} typesetting may be avoided altogether. Running +% \Mpost{} and methods of including \Mpost{} diagrams in (pdf)LaTeX +% documents are described in~\cite{METAFP}. +% +% +% The \Lpack{expressg} package has been some years +% in the making. For +% occasional diagrams I got by with using either the simple \LaTeX{} +% picture commands, +% or general GUI drawing packages. As time went on and the number +% and complexity of the diagrams increased it became, to me at least, more +% important to use a robust and powerful drawing language than fancy +% GUI packages. This was especially important if a diagram had to be +% changed at a later date, as the language denoted exactly how the drawing +% had been produced. With the GUI tools all that you had was the picture +% and whatever graphics file format the tool used --- there was no +% user-sensible record +% of how any result was achieved. Also, generally speaking I find it quicker +% to use \Mpost{} than a GUI tool as too much time has to be spent using +% a mouse or a cursor to reposition and rescale the drawing elements. +% +% Section~\ref{sec:usc} describes the facilities provided by the package. +% Several worked +% example diagrams are presented in Section~\ref{sec:example}, together +% with information on how to run \Mpost. +% Commented code for the package macros\footnote{If requested, +% I may be prepared to consider providing additional macros, but no promises.} +% is in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. +% +% It is assumed that the reader has some understanding of \Mpost, although +% the example in Section~\ref{sec:example} does provide an +% \textit{aide-memoire} for most of the \Mpost{} constructs that are likely +% to be used in creating BLA diagrams. The definitive \Mpost{} +% manual is~\cite{MPOST} but both~\cite{HOENIG98} and~\cite{GOOSSENS97} +% give some interesting examples of how to use it; in fact the front cover +% of Hoenig's book is a \Mpost{} picture. +% Similarly, some familiarity with +% BLA diagramming would be of assistance. +% +% I suggest that on first reading it may be sensible to skim +% Section~\ref{sec:usc} first +% and then peruse the example in Section~\ref{sec:example} more closely. +% After this +% go back and re-read Section~\ref{sec:usc} as it then should make +% more sense. +% +% This manual is typeset according to the conventions of the +% \LaTeX{} \textsc{docstrip} utility which enables the automatic +% extraction of the \LaTeX{} macro source files~\cite{GOOSSENS94}. +% +% +% +% \section{The \Lpack{expressg} package} \label{sec:usc} +% +% \subsection{Internal variables} +% +% The package includes several internal variables that are initialised to +% commonly appropriate values. +% This section describes the principal internal variables. +% Short descriptions +% of the others, which +% are likely to be used in diagrams only very occasionally, can be found +% in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. +% +% The values of internal variables in \Mpost{} can only be changed via +% assignment. For example: +% \begin{verbatim} +% internal_variable := expression; +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \DescribeVariable{u} +% \DescribeVariable{maxx} +% \DescribeVariable{maxy} +% |u| is the value of the unit of length for a diagram; it is initialised +% to 1mm. All lengths, except for line thicknesses, +% are defined in terms of |u|. +% |maxx| and |maxy| are the maximum x and y coordinate values +% for a diagram. These are initialised to the maximum size for a diagram +% within an ISO standard document (i.e., |maxx:=159.5u| and |maxy:=210u|). +% +% The next set of variables control the thickness of lines and the +% dimensions of line end styles. +% +% \DescribeVariable{normalpen} +% Lines with normal linethickness are drawn with |normalpen|. +% +% \DescribeVariable{thickpen} +% Thick lines are drawn with |thickpen|. +% +% \DescribeVariable{thinpenpen} +% Thin lines are drawn with |thinpen|. +% +% \DescribeVariable{dotspen} +% Dotted lines are drawn with |dotspen|. +% +% \DescribeVariable{dotpen} +% |dotpen| is for drawing the black dot line end style. +% +% \DescribeVariable{dotdiam} +% |dotdiam| is the diameter of an open circle or dot line end style. +% +% \DescribeVariable{smoothrad} +% |smoothrad| is the radius of the circular arc used to round the join between +% two straight lines. +% +% \DescribeVariable{drumlid} +% |drumlid| is the ratio of the minor to major diameter of the ellipse +% forming the top of the drum box; the larger the value the more the +% apparent viewpoint shifts to above the drum. The default value is 0.2. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \centering +% \begin{picture}(105,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(105,40){}} +% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(60,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} +% \thicklines +% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){10}} +% \put(10,10){\line(2,1){20}} +% \put(10,30){\line(2,-1){20}} +% \put(10,10){\line(0,1){20}} +% \thinlines +% \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} +% \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} +% \put(35,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(35,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} +% \put(40,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} +% \end{picture}} +% \put(65,0){\begin{picture}(35,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} +% \thicklines +% \put(5,20){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(5,10){\line(2,1){20}} +% \put(5,30){\line(2,-1){20}} +% \thinlines +% \put(5,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(5,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} +% \put(15,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} +% \put(0,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(0,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption{Length parameters for arrowhead and fanin line end styles}\label{fig:trifan} +% \end{figure} +% +% +% \DescribeVariable{gal} +% \DescribeVariable{gab} +% An arrowhead is defined by the height of the triangle and the base of +% the triangle forming the arrowhead, as shown in \fref{fig:trifan}. +% |gal| and |gab| are the length +% and base width of arrows for arrowed line end styles. +% +% \DescribeVariable{gfl} +% \DescribeVariable{gfb} +% Like an arrowhead, a fanin is defined by the height and the base of +% the triangular fan shape, as shown in \fref{fig:trifan}. +% |gfl| and |gfb| are the length and base +% width of fans for fanin line end styles. They are initialised to the +% default values. +% +% The next set of variables control certain geometric aspects of +% the various \ExpressG{} boxes. +% +% \DescribeVariable{onelineh} +% |onelineh| is the minimum height of a box that encloses a single +% line of text. This is initialised to |5u|. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \centering +% \begin{picture}(65,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(65,40){}} +% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(60,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(60,40){}} +% \thicklines +% \put(0,10){\framebox(40,15){}} +% \put(30,10){\line(0,1){15}} +% \thinlines +% \put(0,5){\vector(1,0){40}} \put(0,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} +% \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} +% \put(45,10){\vector(0,1){15}} \put(45,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} +% \put(47,17.5){\makebox(0,0)[l]{height}} +% \put(40,30){\vector(-1,0){10}} \put(40,30){\vector(1,0){0}} +% \put(35,32){\makebox(0,0)[b]{inset}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption{Parameters for (inset) boxes}\label{fig:bool} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbl} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbh} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbs} +% The length (|sdtbl|), height (|sdtbh|) and line inset (|sdtbs|) for +% simple data type boxes (e.g., a BOOLEAN data type box), as illustrated +% in \fref{fig:bool}. These are +% initialised as |22u|, |onelineh| and |2u| respectively. +% +% \DescribeVariable{sdtebl} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtebh} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtebs} +% The length (|sdtebl|), height (|sdtebh|) and line inset (|sdtebs|) +% for a simple data type EXPRESSION box. The value of |sdtebl| is |28u|, +% and the other values are the same as for the other simple data type boxes. +% +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbgel} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbgeh} +% \DescribeVariable{sdtbges} +% The length (|sdtbgel|), height (|sdtbgeh|) and inset for GENERICENT +% data type boxes. The value of |sdtbgel| is |38u|, +% and the other values are the same as for the other simple data type boxes. +% +% \DescribeVariable{pconl} +% \DescribeVariable{pconh} +% The length (|pconl|) of an average numeric (proxy) page connector +% (e.g., for |(9,9 (9,9))|) +% and the height (|pconh|) +% of an average page connector, which is initialised for one line of text. +% +% \DescribeVariable{enth} +% \DescribeVariable{typeh} +% \DescribeVariable{schemah} +% The heights of an average entity (|enth|), +% type --- including enumeration and select --- (|typeh|), +% and schema (|schemah|) boxes. These are all initialised to cater for +% one line of text. +% +% \DescribeVariable{ish} +% \DescribeVariable{isrh} +% |ish| is the height of an interschema reference box with one line of text. +% |isrh| is the height of an interschema reference box with a rename, where +% there is one line of text each for the original and renamed +% names. +% +% \DescribeVariable{eventh} +% \DescribeVariable{eventslope} +% The height (|eventh|) of a one-lined event box, and the slope (|eventslope|) +% of the sides of an +% event box (e.g., 0.25 or 1/4). +% +% The next set of variables control the amount of space surrounding text +% on \ExpressG{} diagrams. +% +% \DescribeVariable{nextra} +% |nextra| is the margin around names when put into entity, schema, +% interschema reference, +% page connector, and event boxes. +% +% \DescribeVariable{niextra} +% |niextra| is the margin around names when put into type boxes. +% +% \DescribeVariable{ndextra} +% |ndextra| is the margin around names when used on attribute lines. +% +% \subsection{Routines} +% +% The principal aspects of an \ExpressG{} diagram are lines and line ends of +% various styles, and boxes of several different kinds. Many routines +% are provided for positioning and drawing these on a diagram. +% +% The following sections describe most of the routines. Short descriptions +% of the others, which +% are effectively only used as internal support routines, can be found +% in Section~\ref{sec:mf}. +% +% A note on naming conventions used in describing the routines: +% \begin{itemize} +% \item As usual with \Mpost, a name starting with |z| is a point, and +% names staring with |x| or |y| are x- and y-coordinates respectively. +% \item The letters |i| through |n| denote (point, coordinate) suffixes. +% Suffixes are usually a number, such as |37|, but may also have +% alphanumeric characters after the number (e.g., |37C2D|). +% \end{itemize} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Utility routines} +% +% Several utility routines are provided defining some shortcuts and +% to ease some of the calculations +% that may be required when producing a diagram. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{VH} +% |VH(j, k)| calculates the intersection point, |zjvh|, between the vertical +% line through the point |zj| and the horizontal line through the point |zk|, +% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{VhV} +% |VhV(j, k)| calculates the point |zjvhv| on the vertical line through +% the point |zj| and the point |zkvhv| on the vertical line through the +% point |zk|, such that the line |zjvhv--zkvhv| is horizontal and centered +% vertically between the two given points, +% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \centering +% \begin{picture}(130,50) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(120,50){}} +% \put(5,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} +% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} +% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} +% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} +% \put(5,5){\circle{2}} +% \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvh}}} +% \put(5,0){\line(0,1){40}} +% \put(0,5){\line(1,0){30}} +% \end{picture}} +% \put(45,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} +% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} +% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} +% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} +% \put(5,20){\circle{2}} +% \put(3,18){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvhv}}} +% \put(25,20){\circle{2}} +% \put(27,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zkvhv}}} +% \put(5,40){\line(0,-1){25}} +% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){25}} +% \end{picture}} +% \put(85,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,40){}} +% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} +% \put(25,5){\circle*{2}} +% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zk}}} +% \put(15,35){\circle{2}} +% \put(17,37){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjhvh}}} +% \put(15,5){\circle{2}} +% \put(13,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zkhvh}}} +% \put(15,0){\line(0,1){40}} +% \put(0,35){\line(1,0){20}} +% \put(30,5){\line(-1,0){20}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption[Results of the \texttt{VH}, \texttt{VhV} and \texttt{HvH} +% routines]% +% {Results of the \texttt{VH} (left), \texttt{VhV} (middle) +% and \texttt{HvH} (right) routines}\label{fig:vhvh} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{HvH} +% |HvH(j, k)| calculates the point |zjhvh| on the horizontal line through +% the point |zj| and the point |zkhvh| on the horizontal line through the +% point |zk|, such that the line |zjhvh--zkhvh| is vertical and centered +% horizontally between the two given points, +% as shown in \fref{fig:vhvh}. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{VyV} +% |VyV(j, i, k)| is a generalisation of the |VhV| routine. It calculates +% the point |zjvyv| which is on the vertical line through |zj| and the +% horizontal line through |yi|, and the point |zkvyv| which is on the +% vertical line through |zk| and the horizontal line through |yi|. An example +% result is shown in \fref{fig:vyxh}. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \centering +% \begin{picture}(90,50) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(90,50){}} +% \put(10,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) +% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} +% \put(25,5){\circle{2}} +% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zkvyv}}} +% \put(5,5){\circle{2}} +% \put(3,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjvyv}}} +% \put(25,20){\circle*{2}} +% \put(27,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zk}}} +% \put(5,40){\line(0,-1){40}} ^^A V through zj +% \put(0,5){\line(1,0){30}} ^^A H through yi +% \put(32,5){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{yi}}} +% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){25}} ^^A V through zk +% \end{picture}} +% \put(50,5){\begin{picture}(30,40) +% \put(5,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(3,37){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zj}}} +% \put(25,5){\circle{2}} +% \put(27,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zkhxh}}} +% \put(25,35){\circle{2}} +% \put(27,33){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjhxh}}} +% \put(15,5){\circle*{2}} +% \put(13,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zk}}} +% \put(25,0){\line(0,1){40}} ^^A V through xi +% \put(25,42){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{xi}}} +% \put(0,35){\line(1,0){30}} ^^A H through zj +% \put(30,5){\line(-1,0){20}} ^^A H through zk +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption[Results of the \texttt{VyV} and \texttt{HxH} +% routines]% +% {Results of the \texttt{VyV} (left) and \texttt{HxH} (right) +% routines}\label{fig:vyxh} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{HxH} +% |HxH(j, i, k)| is a generalisation of the |HvH| routine. It calculates +% the point |zjhxh| which is on the horizontal line through |zj| and the +% vertical line through |xi|, and the point |zkhxh| which is on the +% horizontal line through |zk| and the vertical line through |xi|. An example +% result is shown in \fref{fig:vyxh}. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{namespace} +% |namespace(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{margin}|)| calculates the length of +% the text string \meta{name} plus the \meta{margin} length. You may +% use it like: \\ +% |c = 3/2namespace(btex name etex)(4u)| +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{dashes} +% |dashes| is shorthand for a dashed linestyle. Use it like: |draw ... dashes;|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{dots} +% |dots| is shorthand for a dotted linestyle. Use it like: |draw ... dots;|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawgrid} +% |drawgrid| draws a 16 by 21cm, 1cm spaced grid composed of thin dashed lines. +% Labels are typeset giving the distance of the lines from the bottom left +% corner of the grid in millimetres. +% +% \subsubsection{Path routines} +% +% The package provides some general path making routines. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{sharply} +% |sharply(zi, zj, ... zn)| will generate a piecewise linear +% path consisting of the +% straight lines from point |zi| to point |zj| \ldots to point |zn|. +% It may be used like: \\ +% |draw sharply(z1, z2, z3, z4);| \\ +% to draw a line through the given points. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{smoothly} +% Like the |sharply| routine, |smoothly(zi, zj, ... zn)| will generate a +% piecewise linear path consisting of the +% straight lines from point |zi| to point |zj| \ldots to point |zn|, except +% that the corners of the path at the interior points are rounded with an +% arc of radius |smoothrad|. +% It may be used like: \\ +% |draw smoothly(z1, z2, z3, z4) dashes;| \\ +% to draw a dashed line with rounded corners at the given points. Or if +% a dotted line is needed: +% \begin{verbatim} +% pickup dotspen; +% draw smoothly(z1, z2, z3, z4) dots; +% pickup normalpen; +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{~} +% Like the |&| operator, the binary |~| operator concatenates two paths +% replacing the sharp join with a circular arc of radius |smoothrad|. +% +% \subsubsection{Line drawing routines} +% +% Routines are provided for drawing a variety of lines with differing line +% ending styles. Line styles include dotted, dashed, and continuous, and line +% thicknesses may be normal or thick. Line end styles include open circles, +% black dots, open and closed (black) arrowheads, and a fanin style. +% +% The final uppercase characters of a line drawing routine indicate the kind +% of line end style that will be used. +% The character |O| (uppercase O, not zero) is for an \textbf{O}pen circle, +% |D| is for a black \textbf{D}ot, +% |OA| is for an \textbf{O}pen \textbf{A}rrowhead, +% |CA| is for a \textbf{C}losed (black) \textbf{A}rrowhead, +% and |F| is for a \textbf{F}anin. +% +% The line ending drawing routines are described first. +% \DescribeRoutine{drawO} +% |drawO(i, j)| draws an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawD} +% |drawD(i, j)| draws a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawOA} +% |drawOA(i, j)| draws an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width +% |gab|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawCA} +% |drawCA(i, j)| draws a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width +% |gab|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawF} +% |drawF(i, j)| draws a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% The line drawing routines are essentially prepackaged versions of +% different combinations of the path and line ending routines. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdots} +% |drawdots(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsthree} +% |drawdotsthree(i, j, k)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsfour} +% |drawdotsfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsO} +% |drawdotsO(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsthreeO} +% |drawdotsthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsfourO} +% |drawdotsfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the dotted piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdotsOO} +% |drawdotsOO(i, j)| draws the dotted line |zi--zj|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdash} +% |drawdash(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashthree} +% |drawdashthree(i, j, k)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashfour} +% |drawdashfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashO} +% |drawdashO(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashthreeO} +% |drawdashthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk|. +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashfourO} +% |drawdashfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the dashed piecewise linear line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashOO} +% |drawdashOO(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormal} +% |drawnormal(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthree} +% |drawnormalthree(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfour} +% |drawnormalfour(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalO} +% |drawnormalO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeO} +% |drawnormalthreeO(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourO} +% |drawnormalfourO(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOO} +% |drawnormalOO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalD} +% |drawnormalD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeD} +% |drawnormalthreeD(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourD} +% |drawnormalfourD(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk--zl|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalDD} +% |drawnormalDD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in black dots, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalCA} +% |drawnormalCA(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalthreeCA} +% |drawnormalthreeCA(i, j, k)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk| +% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zk|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalfourCA} +% |drawnormalfourCA(i, j, k, l)| draws the normal thickness piecewise linear +% line |zi--zj--zk--zl| +% ending in a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zl|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOA} +% |drawnormalOA(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalF} +% |drawnormalF(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalFO} +% |drawnormalFO(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at |zi| and an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawthick} +% |drawthick(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawthickO} +% |drawthickO(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawthickOO} +% |drawthickOO(i, j)| draws the thick line |zi--zj|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |zi| and |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{smooth} +% |smooth(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the line |zi--zj--zk| +% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{smoothtwo} +% |smoothtwo(i, j, k, l)| replaces the sharp corners on the line |zi--zj--zk--zl| +% with arcs radius |smoothrad|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{smoothdash} +% |smoothdash(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the dashed line |zi--zj--zk| +% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{smoothdots} +% |smoothdots(i, j, k)| replaces the sharp corner on the dotted line |zi--zj--zk| +% with an arc radius |smoothrad|. +% +% +% +% \subsubsection{Box drawing routines} +% +% Routines are provided for drawing the different kinds of \ExpressG{} +% boxes. +% +% The first argument to the box drawing routines is the suffix of the +% point that will be the left-hand bottom corner point of the box. The +% last argument, except where noted below, is the text that is to be placed +% at the center of the box. Intermediate arguments, if any, are the length +% and height of the box. +% +% Every box routine calculates the four corner points of the box and the +% midpoints of each side of the box. For example, if the suffix is |j|, +% then as illustrated in figure~\ref{fig:boxpoints}, the corner points +% will be called |zjbl|, |zjbr|, |zjtr| and |zjtl| and the midpoints +% will be called |zjbm|, |zjmr|, |zjtm| and |zjml|. The center point for +% postioning the text is |zjc| and the center of the text is placed at +% this point. +% +% The text center point is not necessarily the geometric center of the box. +% The geometric center is not calculated but lies at the intersection of +% the lines |zjml--zjmr| and |zjbm--zjtm|. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \begin{picture}(50,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(50,40){}} +% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(30,20) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} +% \multiput(0,0)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(0,10)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(0,20)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \put(-2,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} +% \put(15,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} +% \put(32,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} +% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} +% \put(13,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} +% \put(32,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} +% \put(-2,22){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} +% \put(15,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} +% \put(32,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +% \caption[Calculated points on rectangular boxes]% +% {Calculated points on rectangular boxes +% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} +% \label{fig:boxpoints} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawSCHEMA} +% A SCHEMA box is rectangular with a normal perimeter and the box is divided +% into top and bottom halves by a horizontal line. +% +% |drawSCHEMA(j, len, ht)(btex schema\_a etex)| draws a SCHEMA double rectangular +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |schema_a| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the upper half. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawBINARY} +% A simple data type box is rectangular with a solid boundary and a solid +% interior vertical line near the right hand edge. +% +% |drawBINARY(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |BINARY| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawBOOLEAN} +% |drawBOOLEAN(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |BOOLEAN| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawCOMPLEX} +% |drawCOMPLEX(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |COMPLEX| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawEXPRESSION} +% |drawEXPRESSION(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbel| and height |sdtbeh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |EXPRESSION| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawGENERIC} +% |drawGENERIC(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |GENERIC| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawINTEGER} +% |drawINTEGER(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |INTEGER| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawLOGICAL} +% |drawLOGICAL(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |LOGICAL| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawNUMBER} +% |drawNUMBER(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |NUMBER| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawREAL} +% |drawREAL(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |REAL| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawSTRING} +% |drawSTRING(j)| draws a simple data type rectangular +% box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |STRING| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawENUM} +% An ENUMERATION box is a rectangular box with a dashed perimeter and an +% interior dashed vertical line near the right hand edge. +% +% |drawENUM(j, len, ht)(btex an\_enum etex)| draws a rectangular dashed ENUMERATION type +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |an_enum| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawSELECT} +% A SELECT box is rectangular with a dashed boundary and an interior +% dashed vertical +% line near the left hand edge. +% +% |drawSELECT(j, len, ht)(btex a\_select etex)| draws a rectangular dashed SELECT type +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |a_select| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawTYPE} +% A TYPE box is rectangular with a dashed boundary. +% +% |drawTYPE(j, len, ht)(btex a\_type etex)| draws a rectangular dashed TYPE type +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |a_type| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is central within the main part of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawENT} +% An ENTITY box is a rectangular box with a solid boundary. +% +% |drawENT(j, len, ht)(btex an\_entity etex)| draws a rectangular ENTITY type +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |an_entity| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawPREF} +% A page reference box is a rectangle with rounded ends and a solid boundary. +% +% |drawPREF(j, len, ht)(btex page ref etex)| draws an oval page +% reference +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |page ref| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawISU} +% An interschema box is a rectangle surrounding a page reference like box. +% The rectangular box may have either a solid or a dashed boundary. +% +% |drawISU(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)| draws a three-part rectangular +% interschema USE +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawISUR} +% |drawISUR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)(btex newname etex)| draws a three-part rectangular +% interschema USE and RENAME +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. The string |newname| is +% placed at the geometric center of the bottom third of the box (this is +% the point |zjrnm|). +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawISR} +% |drawISR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)| draws a three-part rectangular +% dashed interschema REFERENCE +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawISRR} +% |drawISRR(j, len, ht)(btex sch.ent etex)(btex newname etex)| draws a three-part rectangular +% dashed interschema REFERENCE and RENAME +% box of length |len| and height |ht| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |sch.ent| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. The string |newname| is +% placed at the geometric center of the bottom third of the box (this is +% the point |zjrnm|). +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawLEVENT} +% An EVENT box is a rhomboid with a solid boundary. +% +% |drawLEVENT(j, len, ht)(btex local\_event etex)| draws a rhomboidal +% Local EVENT +% box of length |len|, height |ht| and slope |eventslope| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |local_event| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. Like the rectangular boxes, +% the calculated bottom and top middle points are vertically below and above +% the geometric center, but this means that they are \emph{not} midway +% beteen the bottom and top corner points. This is illustrated in +% \fref{fig:eventpoints}. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \begin{picture}(55,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(55,40){}} +% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(40,20) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} +% \put(0,0){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(5,20){\line(1,0){30}} +% \put(0,0){\line(1,4){5}} +% \put(30,0){\line(1,4){5}} +% \multiput(0,0)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(2.5,10)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(5,20)(30,0){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(17.5,0)(0,10){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \put(-2,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} +% \put(17.5,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} +% \put(32,-2){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} +% \put(0.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} +% \put(15.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} +% \put(34.5,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} +% \put(3,22){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} +% \put(17.5,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} +% \put(37,22){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +% \caption[Calculated points on rhomboidal boxes]% +% {Calculated points on rhomboidal boxes +% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} +% \label{fig:eventpoints} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawGEVENT} +% |drawGEVENT(j, len, ht)(btex global\_event etex)| draws a thick rhomboidal +% Global EVENT +% box of length |len|, height |ht| and slope |eventslope| with its left-hand bottom corner +% at |zj|. The string |global_event| is placed at the text center of the box, +% which is also the geometric center of the box. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawcirclebox} +% A circle box is a circle with a solid boundary. +% +% |drawcirclebox(j, diam)(btex ABC etex)| draws a circle diameter |diam| +% and center at |zj|. The string |ABC| is placed at the center of the circle. +% In this case the four midside points, |zjbm|, |zjmr|, |zjtm| and |zjml|, +% are at on the circle at the extreme bottom, right, top and left (i.e., at +% the S, E, N and W compass points). The +% corner points, |zjbl|, |zjbr|, |zjtr| and |zjtl|, are also on the +% circumference midway between the midpoints (i.e., at the SW, SE, NE and NW +% compass points). +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashcircle} +% |drawdashcircle(j, diam)| draws a dashed circle. The location +% and size parameters are the same as for |drawcirclebox|, as are the +% calculated points. +% +% \subsection{Extra BLA variables and routines} +% +% In addition to the facilities described above for \ExpressG{} +% diagrams, extra line styles and boxes are provided for other +% kinds of diagrams. +% +% Additional line end styles are coded by: +% |A| for an \textbf{A}rrowhead, +% |OD| for an \textbf{O}pen \textbf{D}iamond, +% |CD| for a \textbf{C}losed \textbf{D}iamond. +% +% \DescribeVariable{gdl} +% \DescribeVariable{gdb} +% The variables |gdl| and |gdb| hold the the length and base width of +% diamond line end styles (see \fref{fig:diales}), +% analagous to the corresponding variables +% for arrow heads and fanin. By default, |gdl| is twice the default +% arrowhead length and |gdb| is three quarters of the default +% arrowhead base width. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \centering +% \begin{picture}(90,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(90,40){}} +% \put(5,0){\begin{picture}(85,40) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(85,40){}} +% \thicklines +% \put(0,20){\line(1,0){10}} +% ^^A \put(10,10){\line(2,1){20}} +% ^^A \put(10,30){\line(2,-1){20}} +% ^^A \put(10,10){\line(0,1){20}} +% \put(10,20){\line(2,1){20}} +% \put(10,20){\line(2,-1){20}} +% \put(50,20){\line(-2,1){20}} +% \put(50,20){\line(-2,-1){20}} +% \thinlines +% ^^A \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){20}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} +% ^^A \put(20,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} +% ^^A \put(35,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(35,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} +% ^^A \put(40,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} +% \put(10,5){\vector(1,0){40}} \put(10,5){\vector(-1,0){0}} +% \put(30,3){\makebox(0,0)[t]{length}} +% \put(55,10){\vector(0,1){20}} \put(55,10){\vector(0,-1){0}} +% \put(60,20){\makebox(0,0)[l]{base width}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \caption{Length parameters for diamond line end styles}\label{fig:diales} +% \end{figure} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawA} +% |drawA(i, j)| draws a simple arrowhead, length |gal| and base width +% |gab|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawDCA} +% |drawDCA(i, j)| draws a double closed arrowhead, each of length |gal| +% and base width +% |gab|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawOD} +% |drawOD(i, j)| draws an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width +% |gdb|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawCD} +% |drawCD(i, j)| draws a closed (black) diamond, length |gdl| and base width +% |gdb|, at the |zj| end +% of the vector from |zi| to |zj|. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashA} +% |drawdashA(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashOA} +% |drawdashOA(i, j)| draws the dashed line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalOD} +% |drawnormalOD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawnormalCD} +% |drawnormalCD(i, j)| draws the normal thickness line |zi--zj|, +% ending in a closed (black) diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at |zj|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawcircleA} +% |drawcircleA(j, diam)| draws a circle diameter |diam| centered at |zj|. +% A counterclockwise pointing arrow is placed at the top of the circle. +% The midside and `corner' points are the same as calculated by +% the |drawcirclebox| routine. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawDot} +% |drawDot(j, diam)| draws a black dot, diameter |diam| centered at |zj|. +% There are no calculated points. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawCircledDot} +% |drawCircledDot(j, diam)| draws a black dot with a circle outside +% it, overall diameter |diam|, centered at |zj|. +% There are no calculated points. This could be used for a UML +% `bullseye'. The white ring should obscure anything +% drawn earlier that lies underneath it (by definition the black dot covers +% up anything underneath itself). For example: +% \begin{verbatim} +% draw z1--z2; % line from z1 to z2 +% drawCircledDot(2, len); % obscures last len of above line +% draw z3--z2; % not obscured +% \end{verbatim} +% +% Commands of the form |draw...box| have a text argument +% which is printed at the center of the box. If an empty box is +% required the text argument should be an empty string (|""|). For +% example |draw...box(...)("")|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawcardbox} +% |drawcardbox(j, len, ht, fold)(btex note etex)| draws a rectangular +% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its bottom left corner at |zj|. +% The top right corner of the box is folded down, with the side length +% of the fold given by |fold|. The string |note| is placed at the +% center of the box. If no text is required, then use an empty string (i.e., +% |""|), as in \\ +% |\drawcardbox(23, el, eh, 1/8eh)("")| +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdiamondbox} +% |drawdiamondbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| draws a diamond shaped +% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its center at |zj|. The usual +% corner, center and midpoints are also calculated except that the points +% |z$tm| etc., are at the corners of the diamond and the points |z$tl| etc., +% are at the middle of each line, as shown in \fref{fig:diamondpoints}. +% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. +% +% \begin{figure} +% \centering +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1mm} +% \begin{picture}(50,40) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(50,40){}} +% \put(10,10){\begin{picture}(30,20) +% ^^A \put(0,0){\framebox(30,20){}} +% \put(0,10){\line(3,2){15}} +% \put(0,10){\line(3,-2){15}} +% \put(30,10){\line(-3,2){15}} +% \put(30,10){\line(-3,-2){15}} +% \multiput(0,10)(15,0){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(15,0)(0,20){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(7.5,5)(0,10){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \multiput(22.5,5)(0,10){2}{\circle*{2}} +% \put(13,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjc}}} +% \put(15,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} +% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} +% \put(32,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} +% \put(15,22){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} +% +% \put(5.5,3){\makebox(0,0)[tr]{\texttt{zjbl}}} +% \put(24.5,3){\makebox(0,0)[tl]{\texttt{zjbr}}} +% \put(5.5,17){\makebox(0,0)[br]{\texttt{zjtl}}} +% \put(24.5,17){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\texttt{zjtr}}} +% \end{picture}} +% \end{picture} +% \setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +% \caption[Calculated points on diamond boxes]% +% {Calculated points on diamond boxes +% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjc=zj})} +% \label{fig:diamondpoints} +% \end{figure} +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawtwodiamondbox} +% |drawtwodiamondbox(j, len, ht, inset)(btex str etex)| draws a diamond shaped +% box, length |len| and height |ht|, with its center at |zj|. +% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. +% A second diamond is drawn inside the first. The parameter |inset| is +% the space between adjacent outer and inner lines. +% No calculated points are available for the inner diamond. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdoublerectangle} +% |drawdoublerectangle(j, len, ht, tf)| draws a rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box +% is divided horizontally +% into a top and bottom portion, with the height of the top portion being +% the fraction |tf| of the total height of the box. The center points of +% the two portions are calculated as |zjct| and |zjcb| for the top and +% bottom respectively. +% The ends of the dividing line are at |zjtfl| and |zjtfr|. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawtriplerectangle} +% |drawtriplerectangle(j, len, ht, tf, bf)| draws a rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box +% is divided horizontally +% into a top, middle and bottom portion. +% The height of the top portion is the fraction |tf| of the total height +% of the box. +% The height of the bottom portion is the fraction |bf| of the total height +% of the box. +% The center points of +% the three portions are calculated as |zjct|, |zjcm| and |zjcb| for the +% top, middle and bottom respectively. +% The ends of the dividing lines are at |zjtfl| and |zjtfr| for the upper +% line, and at |zjbfl| and |zjbfr| for the lower line. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{hiderectangle} +% |hiderectangle(j, len, ht)| draws an invisible rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box +% covers up anything underneath it. Note that unlike all the other boxes +% the only point handle to the box is the bottom left corner --- the +% |zjbl|, |zjtr|, etc., points are not available and hence cannot +% be used for positioning or alignment purposes. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashboxover} +% |drawdashboxover(j, len, ht)| draws a dashed rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The box +% covers up anything underneath it. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawindexbox} +% |drawindexbox(j, len, ht, lenp, htp)(btex str etex)| +% draws a rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. Another +% rectangular box, length |lenp| and height |htp|, is drawn with its +% bottom left corner at the top left corner of the first box (like an index +% card). The main box points are |zjbl| etc., but the secondary box +% points are |zjP.bl|, |zjP.bm| etc. The text |str| is placed at the center +% (|zjP.c|) of the secondary box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawroundedbox} +% |drawroundedbox(j, len, ht, rad)(btex str etex)| +% draws a rectangular box, length |len| +% and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. The corners +% of the box are rounded using radius |rad|. If |2rad| is greater +% than |len| or |ht|, then |2rad| is reduced to the lesser of |len| and +% |ht|, thereby producing at least one pair of semicircular sides. +% The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawovalbox} +% |drawovalbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| +% draws an elliptical box, +% horizontal diameter |len| +% and vertical diameter |ht|, located with its center at |zj|. Like the +% diamond box, |zjtm|, |zjmr|, etc., are at the extremes of the ellipse +% and the points |zjtr|, |zjbr|, etc., are on the ellipse approximately +% halfway between the extremum points, similar to the positions shown +% in \fref{fig:diamondpoints}. The text |str| is placed at the center +% of the box. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawoutputbox} +% |drawoutputbox(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| +% draws a box, +% length |len| and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. +% The bottom of the box is a wavy line and the other three sides +% are straight. The text |str| is placed at the center of the box. +% This kind of box is often used as a flowchart symbol for output; +% it is meant to be a represention of printed paper which has been +% torn from a long continuous roll. +% +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdashellipse} +% |drawdashellipse(j, len, ht)| +% draws a dashed ellipse. The location and dimensional parameters +% correspond to those for |drawovalbox|, as do the calculated points. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawdrum} +% |drawdrum(j, len, ht)(btex str etex)| +% draws a `drum' box. This is constructed as a rectangular box of width +% width |len| and height |ht|, with its bottom left hand corner at |zj|. +% The horizontal line at the bottom of the +% rectangle is replaced by a half-ellipse with a major diameter of |len| +% and the minor diameter given by |drumlid*len|. The horizontal line +% at the top is replaced by a full ellipse with the same dimensions. +% +%\begin{figure} +%\centering +%\setlength{\unitlength}{0.6mm} +% +%\begin{picture}(100,100) +% \put(0,0){\framebox(120,120){}} +% \put(20,20){\begin{picture}(80,80) +% \put(0,10){\line(0,1){60}} +% \put(80,10){\line(0,1){60}} +% \qbezier(0,10)(0,0)(40,0) +% \qbezier(40,0)(80,0)(80,10) +% +% \qbezier(0,70)(0,80)(40,80) +% \qbezier(40,80)(80,80)(80,70) +% \qbezier(0,70)(0,60)(40,60) +% \qbezier(40,60)(80,60)(80,70) +% +% \multiput(0,10)(0,30){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \put(-2,10){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjbl}}} +% \put(-2,40){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjml}}} +% \put(-2,70){\makebox(0,0)[r]{\texttt{zjtl}}} +% \multiput(80,10)(0,30){3}{\circle*{2}} +% \put(82,10){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjbr}}} +% \put(82,40){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjmr}}} +% \put(82,70){\makebox(0,0)[l]{\texttt{zjtr}}} +% \put(40,0){\circle*{2}} +% \put(40,-2){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbm}}} +% \put(40,80){\circle*{2}} +% \put(40,82){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtm}}} +% \put(40,35){\circle*{2}} +% \put(40,37){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjc}}} +% +% \put(20,1){\circle*{2}} +% \put(20,-1){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbml}}} +% \put(60,1){\circle*{2}} +% \put(60,-1){\makebox(0,0)[t]{\texttt{zjbmr}}} +% \put(20,79){\circle*{2}} +% \put(20,81){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtml}}} +% \put(60,79){\circle*{2}} +% \put(60,81){\makebox(0,0)[b]{\texttt{zjtmr}}} +% +% \end{picture}} +%\end{picture} +%\setlength{\unitlength}{1pt} +%\caption[Calculated points on a drum]{Calculated points on a drum +% (suffix is \texttt{j} and located at \texttt{zjbl=zj})} +% \label{fig:drum} +%\end{figure} +% +% As shown in Figure~\ref{fig:drum}, +% the calculated points on the vertical sides of the drum are the same +% as for a rectangular box. There are three calculated points on the base +% of the drum, called |zjbml|, |zjbm| and |zjbmr|. Similarly there are +% three points on the top of the drum called |zjtml|, |zjtm| and |zjtmr|. +% The center point, |zjc| is halfway between the sides and halfway between +% the two lower ellipse halves. The text |str| is placed at this center point. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{drawstickman} +% |drawstickman(j, len, ht)| +% draws a genderless full frontal (or rear) stick figure enclosed in +% an invisible box, +% length |len| and height |ht|, located with its bottom left corner at |zj|. +% This can be used, for example to represent an actor in a UML Use Case +% diagram. Setting the height to be twice the length produces a reasonable +% result, for instance: +% \verb?drawstickman(3, wd, 2wd);? +% +% +% \section{An example} \label{sec:example} +% +% The example attempts to bring out the main methods that can be used +% in defining \ExpressG{} diagrams. The code for eleven diagrams is provided, none +% of which necessarily has anything to do with a real example of \ExpressG{} +% modeling, but rather is meant to be illustrative of diagramming techniques. +% +% This section is best studied with a copy of the printed diagrams to +% hand. Section~\ref{sec:run} on \pref{sec:run} explains briefly how +% to run the example and obtain the diagrams. +% +% The default extension for a \Mpost{} file is \file{.mp}. +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*eg> +%%% EXPEG.MP Example MetaPost EXPRESS-G diagrams + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Assuming that the diagrams are to be eventually embedded in, or processed +% through, a \LaTeX{} document then any \TeX{} macros must come at the +% start of the file between a |verbatimtex| \ldots |etex| pair. When dealing +% with text, \Mpost{} does not handle more than a single line. The macro +% below is to enable two lines of text to be handled by \Mpost. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +% use btex \twolines{first}{second} etex for two-line labels +verbatimtex \def\twolines#1#2{\vbox{\hbox{#1} \hbox{#2}}} etex + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \Lpack{expressg} package file has to be input to make the routines +% available. +% \begin{macrocode} +input expressg + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Diagram 1: Some boxes and lines} +% +% Many diagrams can be defined in one file. Each diagram starts with +% |beginfig(N)|, where N is a unique integer, and ends with |endfig;|. +% \EPS{} for each diagram is written to a file called +% \file{mproot.N}, where \file{mproot} is the root name of the input file. +% In our +% case the output files will be \file{expeg.1} through \file{expeg.11}. +% \begin{macrocode} +beginfig(1) + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The first diagram consists of some of the \Lpack{expressg} box and line styles. +% The main point is to illustrate how \Mpost{} allows the boxes to be aligned. +% Start off by defining a point |z1| at the origin. By default, a variable name +% starting with the letter |z| is assumed to be a point. Similarly, variables +% starting with |x| and |y| are assumed to be x- and y-coordinates. If |zk| +% is defined with a value then automatically |xk| is the value of the x +% coordinate of +% the point |zk| and |yk| is the value of the +% y coordinate. Conversely, if |xj| and |yj| are defined, |zj| is automatically +% defined. +% +% Note that the |=| sign denotes an equation, not an assignment. The power +% of \Mpost{} comes from its ability to solve linear equations. +% +% Having defined the point |z1|, draw an EXPRESSION box with its bottom +% left hand corner at |z1|. +% \begin{macrocode} +z1=(0,0); +drawEXPRESSION(1); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Remember that when a box is drawn, its corner and mid points are +% calculated. These can be used in defining other points. In particular +% there is the point |z1tr| which is the top right hand corner +% of the EXPRESSION box. Also, if another box is drawn at point |z2| then +% it will have its bottom left hand corner at |z2bl|. +% +% The point |z2bl| is defined by a linear equation with respect to +% the point |z2|. As \Mpost{} can solve linear equations, given the +% point |z2bl| it can solve for the point |z2|. +% +% The next box has its bottom left hand corner at the top right hand +% corner of the EXPRESSION box, by specifying that the +% point |z2bl| and |z1tr| are the same location and then drawing a box located +% at |z2|. The third (BOOLEAN) box is also stacked in the same way with +% respect to the second (INTEGER) box. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +z2bl=z1tr; +drawINTEGER(2); + +z3bl=z2tr; +drawBOOLEAN(3); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Next a piece of circled text is drawn. Using the same method as before, +% the bottom of the circle is made to be coincident with the middle of the top +% of the BOOLEAN box. The |namespace| routine is used to specify the circle +% diameter. Note that an argument to a routine can itself be a routine. +% \begin{macrocode} +z4bm=z3tm; +drawcirclebox(4, namespace(btex ABS etex)(nextra))(btex ABS etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \Mpost{} is a typed language, and new variables can be declared of a +% particular type. A |numeric| variable holds a number (or a length). +% The diameter of the circle just drawn is going to be used as a length +% in later parts of this diagram, so it is sensible to store its value +% in a new variable called |diam|. We then use it in drawing another +% circle directly on top of the first one. +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric diam; +diam = namespace(btex ABS etex)(nextra); + +z5bm=z4tm; +drawcirclebox(5, diam)(btex SAB etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next element in the diagram is an ENTITY box. +% We use the default height for the entity box and the default page connector +% length as its length (no reason, but it saves inventing another variable +% or value). +% +% The ENTITY box is positioned with respect to the SAB circle, but in a +% slightly more complicated way than earlier positions. We want the left hand +% side of the box to align with the right hand side of the circle. Also, +% the middle of the box should align with the top of the circle. +% +% The ENTITY box will be located at point |z6|. The easiest way is to +% specify |z6| is |z6ml=(x5mr, y5tm)|, but to demonstrate more of \Mpost's +% equation solving abilities a more complicated approach is taken to the +% specification of the x coordinate. The horizontal distance between the +% points |z5ml| and |z5tl| on the circle is the same as the distance +% between the points |z5tr| and |z5mr|. We can express this as +% |x5ml-x5tl = x5tr-x5mr|. As we want |x6ml|, which is the same as |x6bl|, +% to be the same as |x5mr| we +% can substitute into this equation, as done in the code below. Note that +% \Mpost{} can solve for the unknown |x6bl| even though it is on +% the right hand side +% of the equation because the other three values are known. +% +% The y coordinate of the point |z6mr| is specified as +% equal to the y coordinate of the top of the circle. Because of the linear +% relations involving all the points on a box, it is sufficient to provide +% one x coordinate and one y coordinate to fix all the points on the box. +% \begin{macrocode} +x5ml-x5tl = x5tr-x6bl; +y6mr=y5tm; +drawENT(6, pconl, enth)(btex an\_ent etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The geometric center of the next box, an LEVENT, is vertically above +% the geometric center of the ENTITY box, and the bottom of LEVENT is slightly +% (one lenth unit) above the top of the ENTITY box. This is accomplished here +% by specifying |z7bm| in terms of expressions involving the coordinates +% of the point |z6tm|. +% \begin{macrocode} +z7bm=(x6tm,y6tm+u); +drawLEVENT(7, pconl, eventh)(btex levent etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% At point |z8| a GEVENT box is drawn. It's bottom left hand corner is +% vertically above the top left hand corner of the LEVENT box. If you look +% at the resulting diagram, you will see that GEVENT is shifted right with +% respect to LEVENT. For vertical alignment of EVENT boxes it is best to +% use the middle rather than corner points. +% \begin{macrocode} +z8=(x7tl, y7tr+u); +drawGEVENT(8, pconl, eventh)(btex gevent etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{mediation} +% For the last of the aligned boxes another aspect of \Mpost{} is used. +% \Mpost{} provides a \emph{mediation} facility whose syntax is |frac[a,b]|. +% The result of a mediation is a value that is |frac| between the value |a| +% and the value |b|. For example, the result of |0.25[10,30]| is 15. Similarly, +% the result of |1/3[zj,zk]| is the point one third of the way between point +% |zj| and point |zk|. +% +% The SCHEMA box is positioned with its bottom right hand corner at one +% eighth of the way along, and at the top of, the BOOLEAN box. +% \begin{macrocode} +z9br=1/8[z3tl,z3tr]; +drawSCHEMA(9, pconl, schemah)(btex a\_schema etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The second half of the diagram illustrates various line and end +% styles. These are all horizontal, the same length and are aligned +% vertically, so +% define the x coordinate |xmid| of the left hand end of the lines, and +% the length |len| of the lines. +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric xmid, len; +xmid = x8tr + diam; +len = 2diam; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{shifted} +% The next line of code exhibits another \Mpost{} function. A point can +% be specified as being some other point that is \emph{shifted} by given +% amounts in the x and y directions. More precisely, the shift is specified +% by a pair of values, written as |(a,b)|. The first line is aligned +% vertically with the center of the first box and its start point is |z11|. +% The end point, |z111|, is specified as being the start point shifted +% horizontally by the length of the line. +% \begin{macrocode} +z11=(xmid, y1ml); z111=z11 shifted (len, 0); +drawdashO(11, 111); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Because we will be using the same horizontal shift for all the lines, +% define a \emph{pair}, called |moveright|, that is the required shift. +% The next two lines are also aligned vertically with the centers of the +% second and third boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +pair moveright; +moveright = (len, 0); + +z12=(xmid, y2ml); z121=z12 shifted moveright; +drawnormalO(12, 121); + +z13=(xmid, y3ml); z131=z13 shifted moveright; +drawthickO(13, 131); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The remaining lines will have the same vertical spacing as the first three, +% so define another pair, |moveup|, that we can use for vertical shift. +% \begin{macrocode} +pair moveup; +moveup = (0, y13-y12); + +z14=z13 shifted moveup; z141=z14 shifted moveright; +drawnormalD(14, 141); + +z15=z14 shifted moveup; z151=z15 shifted moveright; +drawnormalCA(15, 151); + +z16=z15 shifted moveup; z161=z16 shifted moveright; +drawnormalOA(16, 161); + +z17=z16 shifted moveup; z171=z17 shifted moveright; +drawnormalF(17, 171); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The upper part of the diagram illustrates some of the additional +% line styles and boxes provided that are not part of the +% \ExpressG{} language. +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Extended upper half of diagram 1 for new box +% types} +% +% The upper half is seperated from the bottom half by a dashed line, just +% to make the distinction. The line is set above the highest box so far, +% which is located at |z8|, and extends across the width of the diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +z300=(0,y8tm+diam); z301=(x111,y300); +draw z300--z301 dashes; + +% \end{macrocode} +% Define |mup| to be a distance, which we will use for vertical seperation. +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric mup; mup := onelineh; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% As previously, we'll start with the boxes which will be placed in +% a column at the left side of the diagram. The first box, high enough +% for one line of enclosed text, has its top right hand corner folded +% down by one quarter the box height. Text is placed at the center +% of the box, but if this is not required then it can be given as an +% empty string (i.e., |""|). +% \begin{macrocode} +z302=(0,y300+mup); +drawcardbox(302, pconl, onelineh, 1/4onelineh)(""); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next box is a diamond shape. Unlike the rectangular and rhomboidal +% boxes, these are positioned +% via the center of the box instead of the bottom left hand corner. +% \begin{macrocode} +z303bm=(x302tm, y302tm+mup); +drawdiamondbox(303, pconl, 2onelineh)(btex jewel etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Now there is a double box with the top portion being 3/4 of the box +% height. Text is put into the top half of the box using \Mpost's +% labeling routine (see \pref{page:label}). +% \begin{macrocode} +z304=(0, y303tm+mup); +drawdoublerectangle(304, pconl, 2onelineh, 3/4); +label(btex top etex, z304ct); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Next comes a triple box with the bottom portion being one fifth of +% the height, and the top portion being two fifths of the height. +% Text is placed in the top and middle portions, but not into the bottom. +% \begin{macrocode} +z305=(0, y304tm+mup); +drawtriplerectangle(305, pconl, 3onelineh, 2/5, 0.2); +label(btex top etex, z305ct); +label("middle", z305cm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Some languages include a box that looks a little like an index card, and +% this is shown next. +% A small box is also drawn inside the main part of the index box, +% just to illustrate +% that drawings may be placed inside boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +z306=(0,y305tm+mup); +drawindexbox(306, 2pconl, 3onelineh, 3/4pconl, onelineh)(btex pack etex); +z307=1/8[z306bl,z306tr]; +drawENT(307, 1/4pconl, onelineh)(btex E etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Another box shown here is a dotted box that covers up anything that +% is underneath it. To demonstrate, a folded corner box is drawn first, +% and then the +% dashed box is drawn second. They have to be done in this order. +% (The reason for the notation |y306P.tl| is explained under diagram 2 +% on \pref{page:dotsuffix}). +% \begin{macrocode} +z308=(0, y306P.tl+mup); +z309ml=z308c; +drawcardbox(308, pconl, 2onelineh, 1/4onelineh)(btex covered etex); +drawdashboxover(309, pconl, onelineh); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% An oval box comes next. The perimeter is an ellipse. +% \begin{macrocode} +z310bm=(x306bm,y309tm+mup); +drawovalbox(310, 2pconl, 2onelineh)(""); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Now we have two rounded boxes. In the first one the corner radius is +% small and the corners are neatly rounded. The radius is large in the +% second case, and it is automatically reduced to give semicircular ends. +% Further, the center portion of the second of these boxes is `deleted' +% by putting a |hiderectangle| over it. +% \begin{macrocode} +z311ml=(x310mr+mup, y310ml); +drawroundedbox(311, 2pconl, 2onelineh, 1/2onelineh)("rounded"); + +z312ml=(x311mr+mup, y311mr); +drawroundedbox(312, 2pconl, 2onelineh, 3/2onelineh)(btex large radius etex); + +z314=(x312bm-1/4pconl, y312bm-1/2mup); +hiderectangle(314, 1/2pconl, (3/2onelineh + mup)); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The last of the simple enclosed shapes are a dashed ellipse and a dashed circle, +% which are aligned below the partially obscured rounded box. +% \begin{macrocode} +z315tm=(x312bm, y312bm-mup); +drawdashellipse(315, 2pconl, 2onelineh); + +z316tm=(x315bm, y315bm-mup); +drawdashcircle(316, diam); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% A drum box is now presented. This is centered with respect to the +% rounded box and aligned with the bottom of the triple box. It is the +% same nominal size as the triple box. +% \begin{macrocode} +z317bc=(x311bm,y304br); +drawdrum(317, pconl, 3onelineh)(btex drum etex); +% \end{macrocode} +% To be a little different, I'll add a `handle' to the top of the drum. The +% top of the handle will be above the drum at the point |z317A|, and the +% attachement points are at the |tml| and |tmr| points on the drum. The +% normally sharp join in the middle of the handle is smoothed off. +% \begin{macrocode} +z317A=(x317tc, y317tc+2onelineh); +drawnormalthree(317tml, 317A, 317tmr); +smooth(317tml, 317A, 317tmr); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Below the drum box is a stick figure. It is centered with respect to the +% drum box and based on the bottom row. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added stickman to example drawing} +% \begin{macrocode} +z320bm = (x317bm, y302); +drawstickman(320, onelineh, 2onelineh); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Above the drum box there is an output box, vertically aligned with the +% stick figure, labelled `output'. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added output box to example drawing} +% \begin{macrocode} +z325bm = (x320bm, y306); +drawoutputbox(325, pconl, 2onelineh)(btex output etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Above the output box there is a simple circled dot. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added circled dot to example drawing} +% \begin{macrocode} +z330 = (x320bm, y309ml); +drawCircledDot(330, 3/2onelineh); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% As in the bottom half, line styles are drawn on the right side of +% of the diagram. First, though, there is an arrowed circle symbol. +% This is vertically aligned with the centers of the lines. +% \begin{macrocode} +z401bm=(1/2[x11,x111], y301+mup); +drawcircleA(401, diam); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finish off with assorted linestyles. +% \begin{macrocode} +z402=(xmid, y401tm+mup); z502=(x111, y402); +drawdashA(402, 502); + +z403=(xmid, y402+mup); z503=(x111, y403); +drawdashOA(403, 503); + +z404=(xmid, y403+mup); z504=(x111, y404); +drawnormalOD(404, 504); + +z405=(xmid, y404+mup); z505=(x111, y405); +drawnormalCD(405, 505); + +z406=(xmid, y405+mup); z506=(x111, y406); +drawnormalDCA(406, 506); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Lines can be drawn at any angle, and the non-circular line end styles +% remain aligned. +% +% A set of lines and endstyles are drawn rotating about the common +% start point of the lines. +% \DescribeRoutine{rotatedaround} +% |pt1 rotatatedaround(pt2, ang)| is \Mpost{} code that rotates +% the point |pt1| around the point |pt2| counterclockwise through the angle +% |ang| in degrees. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric ang; ang = 180/7; +z600=(xmid, y406+2mup); +z699=(x600+len, y600); +z601=z699 rotatedaround(z600, ang); +z602=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 2ang); +z603=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 3ang); +z604=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 4ang); +z605=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 5ang); +z606=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 6ang); +z607=z699 rotatedaround(z600, 7ang); +drawnormalCA(600,601); +drawnormalOA(600,602); +drawnormalF(600,603); +drawdashA(600,604); +drawnormalOD(600,605); +drawnormalCD(600,606); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% This is the end of the first diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end figure 1 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Diagrams 2--5: EXPRESS-G like models} +% +% The diagrams in this section are all drawn using the \ExpressG{} +% specific routines. Nevertheless, they do illustrate general BLA techniques. +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 2: Schema level diagram} +% +% In contrast to the first diagram, this one is much more like an +% \ExpressG{} diagram. It illustrates a diagram consisting of SCHEMA +% boxes and interconnections. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +beginfig(2) % schema level model + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% First define some lengths to assist in laying out the diagram, which is +% going to consists of three rows of boxes with varying numbers of boxes +% in each row; the bottom row has two, the middle has four, and the top row +% has one. We also want to align the boxes vertically in a `nice' manner. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric lb, hb; % length & height of boxes +lb=20u; hb=schemah; +numeric upshift; % vertical distance between rows +upshift = 20u; +numeric sideshift; % horizontal distance between boxes +sideshift = 10u; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The bottom row has two boxes and the second four. The two bottom boxes +% will be aligned vertically under the two middle boxes in the middle row. +% Allowance must be made for a `missing' box at the start of the bottom +% row. The second box on the bottom row is spaced from the first one. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% bottom row + +z9=(lb+sideshift,0); +drawSCHEMA(9, lb, hb)("nine"); + +z11=(x9br+sideshift,y9); +drawSCHEMA(11, lb, hb)("eleven"); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The bottom of the boxes on the second row are all at a fixed distance +% above the top of the boxes on the first row. We only need to specify the +% y coordinate of the bottom of one box in the row, and use that for the +% remainder, +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% middle row + +z1=(0,y9tl+upshift); +drawSCHEMA(1, lb, hb)("one"); + +z3=(x1br+sideshift, y1); +drawSCHEMA(3, lb, hb)("three"); + +z5=(x3br+sideshift, y1); +drawSCHEMA(5, lb, hb)("five"); + +z7=(x5br+sideshift, y1); +drawSCHEMA(7, lb, hb)("seven"); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The single box on the top row will be position centrally above the +% two middle boxes of the middle row. Mediation is used to calculate +% the x coordinate that is halfway between the right side of the left +% box and the left side of the right box. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% top row + +x50 = 1/2[x3br,x5bl]; +z31bm=(x50,y1tl+upshift); +drawSCHEMA(31, lb, hb)("thirtyone"); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% This completes the boxes. The diagram is finished off by drawing +% connections between the boxes. The first set of connections are just +% straight lines between known points on boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% connectors + +drawdashOO(9tm, 3bm); % three/nine +drawdashO(5bm, 11tm); % five/eleven +drawdashO(3ml, 1mr); % three/one +drawdashO(3mr, 5ml); % three/five +drawdashOO(9mr, 11ml); % nine/eleven + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next connection is more complex. It goes from schema thirtyone +% to schema nine on a three-legged route. It goes horizontally left from +% thirtynine, then vertically down, and finally horizontally right to nine. It +% also passes to the left of schema one. +% +% The route is constructed by specifying a point |z90| to the left of +% schema nine, and the point |z31A| on the left hand of schema thirtynine. +% The |VH| routine is then called to generate the corner point on the +% (rotated) L shaped path between |z90| and |z31A|. The connection is then +% drawn using these four points. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% thirtyone/nine +z90=((x1bl-sideshift), y9ml); +z31A=3/4[z31bl,z31tl]; +VH(90, 31A); +drawdashO(90vh, 31A); +drawdashthreeO(90vh, 90, 9ml); +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \DescribeRoutine{pickup} +% To demonstrate another aspect of \Mpost, a dot is drawn at the location +% of |z90|. If the drawing pen is thick enough, just drawing one point is +% sufficient to make a noticeable dot. The code |pickup thickpen;| drops +% the current pen and picks up +% the thickpen for drawing. The code |pickup normalpen;| picks up the +% normal pen, which is the one that is normally used. +% +% \DescribeRoutine{label} +% \DescribeRoutine{dotlabel} +% The last line of code here is |label.lft("z90", z90);| which puts the +% text `z90' at the left of point |z90|.\label{page:label} +% The label routine has two arguments, +% the first the text and the second the point at or near which the text is +% to be placed. The simplest form of the routine is |label("text", zk)| which +% centers the text over the point |zk|. A +% suffix can be used after the |label| (e.g., |.lft| in the code below) to +% modify the placement. |.lft| positions the text at the left of the point. +% The other modifiers are: |.rt|, |.top|, |.bot|, |.ulft|, |.urt|, |.llft| and +% |.lrt|. There is also a |dotlabel.suffix("text", zk)| routine which draws +% the point as well. For complicated diagrams it can be useful to label +% some points during development, and then comment them out for the final +% picture. +% \begin{macrocode} +pickup thickpen; +draw z90; +pickup normalpen; +label.lft("z90", z90); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next two connectors, between schemas one and eleven and between +% thirtyone and eleven are of a similar U shape. There is, though, one tricky +% point to remember. Up till now, all point arguments to the \Lpack{expressg} +% routines have been of the form |3| or |4bm|; +% that is, either a number or a number +% followed by letter(s). For example, |VH(3,4bm)| will calculate +% the point |z3vh|. However, if a routine adds more letters to an argument +% that already has letters, such as |VH(4bm,3)|, the calculated point is +% \emph{not} |z4bmvh| as might be expected, but instead +% is |z4bm.vh|.\label{page:dotsuffix} +% This has tripped me up on several occasions. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% one/eleven +z1A=1/3[z1bl,z1br]; +z11A=(x11bm, (y11bm-sideshift)); +VH(1A, 11A); +drawdashthree(1A, 1A.vh, 11A); % note it is 1A.vh and not 1Avh +drawdashO(11A, 11bm); +dotlabel.rt("z11A", z11A); +dotlabel.lft("z1A.vh", z1A.vh); % note it is z1A.vh and not z1Avh + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The connector between thirtyone and eleven is the same general shape +% as the thirtyone to nine connector. This time, I'll use the |HxH| routine +% to calculate the turning points +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% thirtyone/eleven +z31B=3/4[z31br,z31tr]; +x31BC=x7br+sideshift; +HxH(31B, 31BC, 11mr); +drawdashfourO(31B, 31B.hxh, 11mr.hxh, 11mr); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The next two connectors, between thirtyone and seven, and between +% thirtyone and one, are simple L shapes, which are easier to produce than the +% U shaped ones. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% thirtyone/seven +z31D=1/4[z31br,z31tr]; +VH(7tm, 31D); +drawnormalthreeO(31D, 7tm.vh, 7tm); + +%%% thirtyone/one +z31C=1/4[z31bl,z31tl]; +VH(1tm, 31C); +drawdashO(1tm.vh, 31C); +drawdashO(1tm.vh, 1tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The last two connectors are also simple, each consisting of vertical then +% horizontal then vertical lines and the turning points can be calculated +% by the |VhV| routine.. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% thirtyone/three +z31E=1/4[z31bl,z31br]; +VhV(31E, 3tm); +drawnormalfourO(31E, 31E.vhv, 3tm.vhv, 3tm); + +%%% thirtyone/five +z31F=3/4[z31bl,z31br]; +VhV(31F, 5tm); +drawnormalfourO(31F, 31F.vhv, 5tm.vhv, 5tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The last element in the diagram is a vertical closed arrowheaded line +% with a label alongside. The arrowhead is on the top line of the connector +% between thirtyone and eleven. Note the point mediation expression expression +% in the |label| routine call. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% labeled arrow +z3111=1/4[z31B,z31B.hxh]; +numeric arrowsize; +arrowsize := schemah; +z3112=(x3111, y3111+arrowsize); +drawnormalCA(3112, 3111); +label.rt(btex an\_import etex, 1/2[z3111, z3112]); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 2 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 3: Tree structure} +% +% This diagram is the first of three that are related in style. It is +% useful at this point to define some variables, and values for some of +% these as they will probably be used in all three diagrams. +% +% Values are assigned (e.g., |var := val;|) so that they can be changed +% later if necessary (e.g., |var := newval;|). If values were equated like +% |var = val;| then they cannot be changed afterwards\footnote{Except +% by assignment.} as |var = newval;| +% will then have specified two incompatible equations for |var| and \Mpost will +% report a problem. +% \begin{macrocode} + +%%%% some commonly used variables & values + +numeric pl, ph; % length & height of numeric page connectors +pl:=pconl; ph:=pconh; % for eg., 9,9 (9,9) +numeric plnamed; % length of named page connector +numeric irh; % height of interschema boxes +irh:=ish; % normally one line of text +numeric sdtl, sdth; % length & height of SDT (e.g. INTEGER) boxes +sdtl:=sdtbl; sdth:=sdtbh; +numeric edtl, edth; % length & height of enum boxes (inset is sdtbs) +edth:=sdtbh; % normally one text line +numeric el, eh; % length & height of entity boxes +eh:=enth; % normally one text line +numeric upshift; % vertical space between rows of boxes +numeric nextup; % vertical space between bases of rows of boxes +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Now another bit of \Mpost. There is another type of variable called +% a |picture| variable. This can hold something as trivial as a dot or +% a text string, up to a complete diagram. References to an Index +% type is a common element in some of the diagrams. It is useful to +% create a shorthand for these by using picture variables. +% \begin{macrocode} +picture sindex, pindex; +sindex := btex eleven.Index etex; % interschema reference text +pindex := btex 9,9 Index etex; % page reference text +numeric slindex, plindex; +slindex := namespace(sindex)(nextra); % length of Index interschema +plindex := namespace(pindex)(nextra); % length of Index page reference +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Yet more new \Mpost. Array variables are supported. These are declared +% by giving the variable name immediately followed by a pair of square +% brackets. An element of an array can be simply accessed by suffixing the +% variable name with the integer number denoting the desired position. +% Actually we have been using array variables all along, as |z3| or |x7| +% are elements of the arrays |z[]| and |x[]| respectively. We define +% two arrays, one to be used for specifying horizontal spaces (lengths) +% and the other for vertical (y) coordinates. +% \begin{macrocode} +numeric hspace[]; % horizontal spaces +numeric lyc[]; % Y coords of box bases + +%%%%%%%%%%% end commonly used variables & values + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Diagram 3 consists of type boxes. We will make these all the same length +% and height. +% \begin{macrocode} +beginfig(3) % example fig 3 +%%%drawgrid; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The space required for the longest name is |edtl|. +% \begin{macrocode} +edtl := namespace(btex standard\_data\_name etex)(niextra); +% \end{macrocode} +% +% There are several rows in the diagram. Specify the vertical space +% between the rows, and the space between the bottoms of the boxes (the +% height of a box is the normal height, |sdth|, for a type box). Also +% specify the y coordinates for each row, counting from the bottom. +% \begin{macrocode} +upshift=2sdth; +nextup=sdth+upshift; +%%% the y coords of box bases +lyc1:=0; +lyc2:=lyc1+nextup; +lyc3:=lyc2+nextup; +lyc4:=lyc3+nextup; +lyc5:=lyc4+nextup; +lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; +lyc7:=lyc6+nextup; +lyc8:=lyc7+nextup; +% \end{macrocode} +% Specify two horizontal spaces. +% \begin{macrocode} +hspace1 := 1/3edtl; % space between data enums +hspace2 := 2/3edtl; % initial space at start of second row + +% \end{macrocode} +% Draw the 3 boxes in the first row and the 3 in the second; these are +% staggered with respect to each other and overlap as otherwise there +% there is not enough space to get them all onto one page. +% I'll use a numbering scheme for +% points so that |zCR| is a point in the Cth column and the Rth row. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% bottom two rows (1 & 2) + +z11=(0,lyc1); +drawENUM(11, edtl, edth)(btex coordinates etex); + +z22=(hspace2, lyc2); +drawENUM(22, edtl, edth)(btex solution\_data etex); + +z31=(x11br+hspace1, lyc1); +drawENUM(31, edtl, edth)(btex pressure\_loads etex); + +z42=(x22br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENUM(42, edtl, edth)(btex nondimensional etex); + +z51=(x31br+hspace1, lyc1); +drawENUM(51, edtl, edth)(btex temperature etex); + +z62=(x42br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENUM(62, edtl, edth)(btex force\_loads etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The third `row' consists of a horizontal line stretching from the middle +% of the leftmost box to the middle of the rightmost box. There are +% connections from this line to the top middle of each of the boxes. We can +% use the |VyV| routine for the end points of the line. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% third row (horizontal line between 2 & 4 row) + +z13=(x11tm,lyc3); +VyV(11tm, 13, 62tm); +drawnormal(11tm.vyv, 62tm.vyv); +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Calculate the points on this line vertically above the midpoints of +% the boxes and draw the connections. +% \begin{macrocode} +z23=(x22tm,lyc3); z33=(x31tm,lyc3); z43=(x42tm,lyc3); z53=(x51tm,lyc3); +drawnormalO(11tm.vyv,11tm); +drawnormalO(23,22tm); +drawnormalO(33,31tm); +drawnormalO(43,42tm); +drawnormalO(53,51tm); +drawnormalO(62tm.vyv,62tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The fourth row consists of three boxes. There is a vertical line +% from the bottom +% of the leftmost box to the horizontal line drawn in row 4. The three +% boxes are aligned horizontally with respect to this line. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% fourth row + +z3224=1/3[z13,z62tm.vyv]; +z3554=2/3[z13,z62tm.vyv]; + +%%% standard_data_name +z24bm=(x3224,lyc4); +drawSELECT(24, edtl, edth)(btex standard\_data\_name etex); +drawnormal(24bm,3224); + +%%% adhoc_data_name +z54bm=(x3554,lyc4); +drawTYPE(54, edtl, edth)(btex adhoc\_data\_name etex); + +%%% STRING +z64br=(x62br,lyc4); +drawSTRING(64); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The fifth `row' consists of two vertical connectors to the tops of +% the SELECT and TYPE boxes, with a horizontal line connecting the tops +% of the connectors. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% fifth row + +z35=(1/2[x24tm,x54tm], lyc5); +VyV(24tm, 35, 54tm); +drawnormalthreeO(35, 24tm.vyv, 24tm); +drawnormalthreeO(35, 54tm.vyv, 54tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The top row consists of a SELECT box vertically aligned above the center +% of the horizontal line from the 5th row, together with a line joining +% these two, and also a page reference box +% off towards the right hand side +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% sixth row + +z36bm=(x35,lyc6); +drawSELECT(36,edtl, edth)(btex data\_name etex); +drawnormal(36bm,35); + +%%% data_name +z66=(x62,lyc6); +drawPREF(66, sdtl, ph)(btex 3,1 (4) etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The remaining elements on the diagram are: +% a connector on the 4th row from adhoc\_data\_name to STRING; +% and a connector on the 6th row from the page reference to data\_name. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%% rest of the connectors + +%%% adhoc/STRING (54, 64) +drawnormalO(54mr,64ml); + +%%% PREF/data_name (36, 66) +drawdashO(66ml,36mr); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 3 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 4: Supertypes and subtypes} +% +% This diagram consists of a supertype entity and its four subtypes. The +% entities have various attributes. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(4) % example 4 +%%%drawgrid; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Define some useful lengths. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length of named page reference boxes +plnamed := namespace(btex 9,9 data\_name etex)(nextra); + +%%% length of entity boxes +el := namespace(btex (ABS) Data\_t etex)(nextra); + +upshift := 2sdth; % vertical space between boxes +nextup := sdth+upshift; % vertical space between bases of boxes +hspace1 := 1/2el; % space between entity boxes + +%%% the y coords of box bases +lyc1:=0; +lyc2:=lyc1+nextup; +lyc3:=lyc2+nextup; +lyc4:=lyc3+nextup; +lyc5:=lyc4+nextup; +lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; +lyc7:=lyc6+nextup; +lyc8:=lyc7+nextup; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% We'll start with the second row which consists of 4 entity (subtype) +% boxes. The numbering scheme for point suffixes is |zCR|, where |C| +% is the column number and |R| is the row number. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%% 2nd row + +%%% IntArray +z12=(0,lyc2); +drawENT(12, el, eh)(btex IntArray etex); + +%%% RealArray +z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENT(22, el, eh)(btex RealArray etex); + +%%% CharArray +z42=(x22br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENT(42, el, eh)(btex CharArray etex); + +%%% BitArray +z52=(x42br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENT(52, el, eh)(btex BitArray etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The first row is four simple data type boxes, aligned underneath the +% entity boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%% 1st row + +z11bm=(x12bm,lyc1); +drawINTEGER(11); + +z21bm=(x22bm,lyc1); +drawREAL(21); + +z41bm=(x42bm,lyc1); +drawSTRING(41); + +z51bm=(x52bm,lyc1); +drawBINARY(51); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The third `row' is the thick lines connecting the subtype boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% 3rd row + +y13= y23= y43= y53=lyc3; +x13=x12tm; x23=x22tm; x43=x42tm; x53=x52tm; +drawthick(13,53); % horizontal line +%%% vertical connectors +drawthickO(13,12tm); drawthickO(23,22tm); +drawthickO(43, 42tm); drawthickO(53, 52tm); + +z33=1/2[z13,z53]; % midpoint of horizontal line + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The 4th row is an abstract supertype entity box, which is made 3 times +% taller than the default entity box height. The entity box is centered +% with respect to the row of subtype boxes and is connected to the +% subtype boxes connector. The digit 1 is placed near the connection point. +% There is also a page reference +% and an INTEGER box at the left and right (as attributes of the supertype). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% 4th row + +%%% Data_t +z34bm=(x33,lyc4); +drawENT(34, el, 3eh)(btex \twolines{(ABS)}{Data\_t} etex); +drawthick(34bm,33); +label.urt("1", z33); % label the connection point + +%%% Index +z14=(0,lyc4); +drawPREF(14, plindex, ph)(pindex); + +%%% INTEGER +z54br=(x51br,lyc4); +drawINTEGER(54); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The 5th row has page reference boxes at the left and right +% (as attributes of the supertype). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% 5th row + +lyc5:=y34tm-ph; % change the initial y coord value + +%%% Index +z15=(0,lyc5); +drawPREF(15, plindex, ph)(pindex); + +%%% DataType +z55=(x54,lyc5); +drawPREF(55, plnamed, ph)(btex 3,1 data\_name etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The 6th, and last, row, just consists of a page reference centered +% above the supertype box. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% 6th row + +%%% PREF to Data_t +lyc6:=lyc5+nextup; +z36bm=(x34tm,lyc6); +drawPREF(36, pl, ph)(btex 7,5 (6) etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The rest of the diagram consists of the labelled attribute lines. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%% attributes + +%%% Sizes Data_t/Index (34, 14) +z3414=(x34,y14mr); +drawnormal(3414,14mr); +label.ulft(btex Sizes A[1:Limit] etex, z3414); + +%%% num Data_t/INTEGER (34, 54) +z3454=(x34mr,y54ml); +drawnormalO(3454,54ml); +label.urt(btex (DER) num etex, z3454); + +%%% Limit Data_t/Index (34, 15) +z3415=(x34,y15mr); +drawnormal(3415,15mr); +label.ulft(btex Limit etex, z3415); + +%%% Kind Data_t/data_name (34, 55) +z3455=(x34mr, y55ml); +drawnormal(3455, 55ml); +label.urt(btex Kind etex, z3455); + +%%% PREF into Data_t (36, 34) +drawdashO(36bm, 34tm); + +%%% Data IntArray/INTEGER (12, 11) +drawnormalO(12bm, 11tm); +label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z12bm); + +%%% Data RealArray/REAL (22, 21) +drawnormalO(22bm, 21tm); +label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z22bm); + +%%% Data CharArray/STRING (42, 41) +drawnormalO(42bm, 41tm); +label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z42bm); + +%%% Data BitArray/BINARY (52, 51) +drawnormalO(52bm, 51tm); +label.lrt(btex Data A[1:num] etex, z52bm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 4 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 5: Portion of larger model} +% +% This diagram is more complex than the previous ones. It is, nevertheless, +% presented with virtually no commentary. It consists of three entity boxes +% and various page reference and interschema boxes to support the +% entities' attributes. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +beginfig(5) % example 5 +%%drawgrid; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% As usual, specify commonly used variables and values. +% \begin{macrocode} +plnamed := namespace(btex 7,4 Unstructured\_Donor etex)(nextra); + +numeric irls, irll; % length of short and long ISR boxes +irls = namespace(btex eleven.MeshLocation etex)(nextra); +irll = namespace(btex eleven.MeshConnectivityType etex)(nextra); + +upshift := irh; +nextup := irh+upshift; + +numeric maxrx; % max x coordinate value of LH of right column boxes +maxrx := maxx-irrl; +numeric xmid; % x coord of figure center +xmid := 1/2[irls, maxx-irll]; + +el := namespace(btex MeshConnectivity1\_1 etex)(nextra); +eh := irh; + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; +lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; +lyc4 := lyc3+nextup+irh; +lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; +lyc6 := lyc5+nextup; +lyc7 := lyc6+nextup; +lyc8 := lyc7+nextup; +lyc9 := lyc8+nextup; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Rows one and two have one centered box each. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Zcol/row +%%% row 1 + +%%% PREF for Overlapping +z21bm=(xmid,lyc1); +drawPREF(21, pl, ph)(btex 5,3 (8) etex) + +%%% row 2 + +%%% OverlappingArea +z22bm=(x21bm,lyc2); +drawENT(22, el, eh)(btex OverlappingArea etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Row three has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 3 + +%%% IndexArray +z13=(pl,lyc3); +drawISR(13, irls, irh)(btex eleven.IndexArray etex); + +%%% Index +z23bm=(x22bm,lyc3); +drawISR(23, slindex, irh)(sindex); + +%%% MeshLocation +z33br=(maxx,lyc3); +drawISR(33, irls, irh)(btex eleven.MeshLocation etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Row four has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 4 + +%%% MeshConnectivity +z24bm=(x23bm,lyc4); +drawENT(24, el, eh)(btex MeshConnectivity etex); + +%%% PREF for MeshConnectivity +z14ml=(pl,y24ml); +drawPREF(14, pl, ph)(btex 5,2 (8) etex); + +%%% Structured_Donor +z34br=(maxx,lyc4); +drawPREF(34, plnamed, ph)(btex 7,5 Structured\_Donor etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Rows five and six have one box each, at the right hand side. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 5 + +%%% Unstructured_donor +z35br=(maxx,lyc5); +drawPREF(35, plnamed, ph)(btex 7,4 Unstructured\_Donor etex); + +%%% row 6 + +%%% MeshConnType +z36br=(maxx,lyc6); +drawISR(36, irll, irh)(btex eleven.MeshConnectivityType etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Row seven has three boxes, and the middle one is centered. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 7 + +%%% IndexRange +z17=(0,lyc7); +drawISR(17, irls, irh)(btex eleven.IndexRange etex); + +%%% INTEGER +x27bm=x24bm; y27ml=y17mr; +drawINTEGER(27); + +%%% Zone +z37br=(maxx,lyc7); +drawISR(37, irls, irh)(btex seven.Zone etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Rows eight and nine have one centered box each. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 8 + +%%% 1to1 +z28bm=(x24bm,lyc8); +drawENT(28, el, eh)(btex MeshConnectivity1\_1 etex); + +%%% row 9 + +%%% PREF to 1to1 +z29bm=(x28bm,lyc9); +drawPREF(29, pl, ph)(btex 5,1 (8) etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% All the boxes have been drawn. The remainder is adding and labelling +% attribute lines. First page references to subtype entities. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%%% attributes, etc + +drawthickO(21tm,22bm); % PREF to Overlap (21, 22) +drawthickO(14mr,24ml); % PREF to MeshConn (14, 24) +drawthickO(29bm,28tm); % PREF to 1to1 (29, 28) + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The attributes of entity OverlappingArea (|z22|) +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% PointListSize (22, 23) +drawdashO(22tm,23bm); +label.llft(btex PointListSize etex, z23bm); + +%%% PointRange (22, 17) +z22A=1/4[z22bl,z22tl]; z17A=(1/2[0,x13], y17); +VH(17A,22A); +drawdashthreeO(22A, 17A.vh, 17A); +label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z22A); + +%%% PointList (22, 13) +z22B=3/4[z22bl,z22tl]; +VH(13bm,22B); +drawdashthreeO(22B, 13bm.vh, 13bm); +label.ulft(btex PointList etex, z22B); + +%%% MeshLocation (22, 33) +z22C=1/4[z22br,z22tr]; +z33B=2/3[z33bl,z33br]; +VH(33B,22C); +drawnormalthreeO(22C, 33B.vh, 33B); +label.urt(btex (DER) Location etex, z22C); + +%%% Meshloc (22, 33) +z22D=3/4[z22br,z22tr]; +z33A=1/3[z33bl,z33br]; +VH(33A,22D); +drawdashthreeO(22D, 33A.vh, 33A); +label.urt(btex Meshloc etex, z22D); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The attributes of entity MeshConnectivity (|z24|). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% PointListSize (24, 23) +drawnormalO(24bm, 23tm); +label.ulft(btex PointListSize etex, z23tm); + +%%% StructuredDonor (24, 34) +z24A=(x24br,y34ml); +draw z24A--z34ml dashes; +label.lrt(btex StructuredDonor etex, z24A); + +%%% UnstructuredDonor (24, 35) +z24B=3/4[z24br,z24tr]; +HvH(24B,35ml); +drawdashfourO(24B, 24B.hvh, 35ml.hvh, 35ml); +label.urt(btex UnstructuredDonor etex, z24B.hvh); + +%%% Meshloc (24, 33) +z24C=4/6[z24bl,z24br]; +z33C=(x33A,y33tm); +y2433C=1/3[y33C,y24C]; +VyV(24C, 2433C, 33C); +drawdashfourO(24C, 24C.vyv, 33C.vyv, 33C); +label.lrt(btex Meshloc etex, z24C.vyv); + +%%% Location (24, 33) +z24D=5/6[z24bl,z24br]; +z33D=(x33B,y33tm); +y2433D=2/3[y33D,y24D]; +VyV(24D, 2433D, 33D); +drawnormalfourO(24D, 24D.vyv, 33D.vyv, 33D); +label.lrt(btex (DER) Location etex, z24D.vyv); + +%%% ConnectivityType (24, 36) +z24H=(x24D,y24tr); +z36H=z36bm; +y2436H=1/2[y35tr,y36br]; +VyV(24H, 2436H, 36H); +drawnormalfourO(24H, 24H.vyv, 36H.vyv, 36H); +label.urt(btex (DER) ConnectivityType etex, z24H.vyv); + +%%% Meshcon (24, 36) +z24G=(x24C,y24tr); +z36G=z36ml; +VH(24G,36G); +drawdashthreeO(24G, 24G.vh, 36G); +label.urt(btex Meshcon etex, z24G.vh); + +%%% K (24, 27) +drawnormalO(24tm, 27bm); +label.ulft(btex K etex, z24tm); + +%%% PointRange (24, 17) +z24E=1/4[z24tl,z24tr]; +x17br-x17E = x17A-x17bl; +y17E = y17A; +VhV(24E,17E); +drawdashfourO(24E, 24E.vhv, 17E.vhv, 17E); +label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z24E); + +%%% PointList (24, 13) +z24F=1/4[z24bl,z24br]; +z13F=1/2[z13tl,z13tr]; +VhV(24F,13F); +drawnormalfourO(24F, 24F.vhv, 13F.vhv, 13F); +label.llft(btex PointList etex, z24F); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The attributes of entity MeshConnectivity1\_1 (|z28|) +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% N (28, 27) +z27A=1/5[z27tl,z27tr]; +z28A=(x27A,y28bl); +drawnormalO(28A,27A); +label.llft(btex N etex, z28A); + +%%% trans (28, 27) +z27B=1/2[z27tl,z27tr]; +z28B=(x27B,y28bl); +drawdashO(28B,27B); +label.lrt(btex \twolines{trans}{A[1:N]} etex, z28B); + +%%% Transform (28, 27) +z27C=1/2[z27br,z27tr]; +z28C=(1/2[x27C,x28br], y28br); +VH(28C,27C); +drawnormalthreeO(28C,28C.vh,27C); +label.lrt(btex (DER) Transform A[1:N] etex , z28C); + +%%% DonorZone (28, 37) +z28D=1/2[z28br,z28tr]; +z37D=z37tm; +VH(37D,28D); +drawdashthreeO(28D,37D.vh,37D); +label.urt(btex DonorZone etex, z28D); + +%%% DonorPointRange (28, 17) +z28G=3/4[z28bl,z28tl]; +z17G=(x17A,y17tl); +VH(17G,28G); +drawnormalthreeO(28G,17G.vh,17G); +label.ulft(btex DonorPointRange etex, z28G); + +%%% PointRange (28, 17) +z28H=1/4[z28bl,z28tl]; +z17H=(x17E,y17G); +VH(17H,28H); +drawnormalthreeO(28H,17H.vh,17H); +label.ulft(btex PointRange etex, z28H); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 5 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Diagrams 6--11: Car model} +% +% The diagrams in this section are all taken from~\cite[Chapter~2]{EBOOK}. +% A simple information/data model of a car, car model, and car manufacturer +% is presented in a variety of BLA languages, among which is, +% of course, \ExpressG. In words, the model is: +% \begin{quote} \itshape +% A car is made by a manufacturer. Each manufacturer has a unique name. +% A manufacturer constructs cars in several models and a car is of a +% particular model. A manufacturer gives a serial number to each car +% he produces and this is unique across all cars produced by that +% manufacturer. Each model also has a name, and this is unique across +% all models. A car has a year of production. +% \end{quote} +% This model is a small portion of a conceptual model developed as a common +% specification for comparing modeling languages~\cite{TR9007}. +% +% The purpose of these diagrams is to +% illustrate how the \Lpack{expressg} package supports a range of graphical +% languages. +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 6: \ExpressG} +% +% Having already seen several examples of \ExpressG{} diagrams, this one +% is presented with no further comments. +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(6) % example 6 EXPRESS-G +%%%drawgrid; + +upshift := 3/2onelineh; +nextup := onelineh+upshift; + +el := namespace(btex manufacturer etex)(nextra); +eh := onelineh; + +hspace1 := 1/2el; + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; +lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; +lyc4 := lyc3+nextup; +lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; + +%%% Zcol/row + +%%% rows 4 and 5 +z14=(0,lyc4); +drawENT(14, el, eh)(btex manufacturer etex); + +z25=(x14br+hspace1, lyc5); +drawSTRING(25); + +z34=(x25br+hspace1, lyc4); +drawENT(34, el, eh)(btex car\_model etex); + +%%% row 3 + +z33bm=(x34bm, lyc3); +drawENT(33, el, eh)(btex car etex); + +%%% row 2 + +z22=(x25, lyc2); +drawINTEGER(22); + +%%% row 1 + +z21=(x22, lyc1); +drawSTRING(21); + +%%% attributes + +%%% manufacturer name (14, 25) +VH(14tm, 25ml); +drawnormalthreeO(14tm, 14tm.vh, 25ml); +label.urt(btex *name etex, z14tm.vh); + +%%% model name (34, 25) +VH(34tm, 25mr); +drawnormalthreeO(34tm, 34tm.vh, 25mr); +label.ulft(btex *name etex, z34tm.vh); + +%%% made_by (34, 14) +drawnormalO(34ml, 14mr); +label.ulft(btex made\_by etex, z34ml); + +%%% model_type (33, 34) +drawnormalO(33tm, 34bm); +label.urt(btex model\_type etex, z33tm); + +%%% DER made_by (33, 14) +VH(14bm, 33ml); +drawnormalthreeO(33ml, 14bm.vh, 14bm); +label.ulft(btex (DER) *made\_by etex, z33ml); + +%%% year (33, 22) +z33A=1/3[z33bl, z33br]; +VH(33A, 22mr); +drawnormalthreeO(33A, 33A.vh, 22mr); +label.ulft(btex year etex, z33A.vh); + +%%% serial_no +z33B=2/3[z33bl, z33br]; +VH(33B, 21mr); +drawnormalthreeO(33B, 33B.vh, 21mr); +label.ulft(btex *serial\_no etex, z33B.vh); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 6 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 7: Shlaer-Mellor} +% +% The Shlaer-Mellor graphical language~\cite{SHLAER88} is fairly simple, +% consisting basically of rectangles and arrowheaded lines. However, unlike +% \ExpressG{} each box usually has several lines of text. These are placed +% individually at the desired positions within each box. +% +% Notice below that +% I have used |drawENT| with an empty string to draw the rectangular boxes; +% the routines for \ExpressG{} diagrams can, if suitable, be used in any +% sort of diagram. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(7) % example 7 +%%%drawgrid; + +el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); +eh := onelineh; + +hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); + +hspace2 := 6onelineh; % height of CAR +hspace3 := 5onelineh; % space between rows +hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; + +%%% Zcol/row + +%%% row 2 + +z12=(0, lyc2); +drawENT(12, el, hspace4)(""); +x121=x12+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex MANUFACTURER etex, (x121, 2/3[y12bl, y12tl])); +label.rt(btex * manuf-name etex, (x121, 1/3[y12bl, y12tl])); + +z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawENT(22, el, hspace4)(""); +x221=x22+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex CAR-MODEL etex, (x221, 2/3[y12bl, y12tl])); +label.rt(btex * model-name etex, (x221, 1/3[y12bl, y12tl])); + +%%% row 1 + +z21=(x22, lyc1); +drawENT(21, el, hspace2)(""); +x211=x21+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex CAR etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex o year etex, (x211, 4/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex o model (R) etex, (x211, 3/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex * serial-no etex, (x211, 2/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex * maker (R) etex, (x211, 1/6[y21bl, y21tl])); + +%%%%% relationship lines + +% \end{macrocode} +% In this diagram the labels on the relationship lines tend to bump +% into the line ending symbol. \Mpost{} ignores initial and final spaces +% within |btex...etex|. The paired braces below, each enclosing one space, +% supply non-discarded spaces. (These could also have been written as +% |\space|). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) +drawnormalDCA(12mr, 22ml); +drawnormalCA(22ml, 12mr); +label.urt(btex { }{ }made by etex, z12mr); +label.llft(btex maker of{ }{ } etex, z22ml); + +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) +VH(12bm, 21ml); +drawnormalCA(12bm.vh, 12bm); +drawnormalDCA(12bm.vh, 21ml); +label.llft(btex { }{ }made by etex, z12bm); +label.ulft(btex maker of{ }{ } etex, z21ml); + +%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) +drawnormalDCA(22bm, 21tm); +drawnormalCA(21tm, 22bm); +label.lrt(btex { }one of etex, z22bm); +label.ulft(btex type of{ } etex, z21tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 7 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 8: IDEF1X} +% +% IDEF1X is a popular language in America for representing the structure +% of relational databases, and was developed under the auspices of the +% US Air Force~\cite{IDEF1X}. +% +% The general layout of the diagram mimics the previous one. All the boxes +% are divided horizontally into an upper and lower part. +% The |drawdoublerectangle| is used for the rectangular boxes, but the dividing +% line in the rounded box has to be added by hand, as it were. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(8) % example 8 IDEF1X +%%%drawgrid; + +el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); +eh := onelineh; + +hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); + +hspace2 := 5onelineh; % height of CAR +hspace3 := 5onelineh; % space between rows +hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; + +%%% Zcol/row + +%%% row 2 + +z12=(0, lyc2); +drawdoublerectangle(12, el, hspace4, 1/2); +label.urt(btex Manufacturer etex, z12tl); +x121=x12+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex manuf-name etex, (x121, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); + +z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawdoublerectangle(22, el, hspace4, 1/2); +label.urt(btex Car-model etex, z22tl); +x221=x22+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex Model-name etex, (x221, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); +label.rt(btex Manuf-name (FK) etex, (x221, 1/4[y12bl, y12tl])); + +%%% row 1 + +z21=(x22, lyc1); +drawroundedbox(21, el, hspace2, 2sdtbs)(""); +label.urt(btex Car etex, z21tl); +draw z21ml--z21mr; +x211=x21+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex Serial-no etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex Manuf-name (FK) etex, (x211, 4/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex Model-name (FK) etex, (x211, 2/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex Year etex, (x211, 1/6[y21bl, y21tl])); + +%%%%% relationship lines + +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) +drawnormalD(12mr, 22ml); +label.top(btex of etex, 1/2[z12mr, z22ml]); + +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) +VH(12bm, 21ml); +drawnormalthreeD(12bm, 12bm.vh, 21ml); +label.top(btex makes etex, 1/2[z12bm.vh, z21ml]); +label.ulft(btex P{ } etex, z21ml); + +%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) +drawnormalD(22bm, 21tm); +label.lft(btex of etex, 1/2[z21tm,z22bm]); +label.urt(btex { }P etex, z21tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 8 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 9: OMT} +% +% OMT~\cite{RUMBAUGH91} was the precursor to the currently popular UML +% structure modeling language. +% If you are curious as to why I believe that lexical languages are in +% general better than BLA languages, the chapter on developing a compiler +% for OMT highlights, probably unintentionally, some of the disadvantages +% of BLAs. +% +% The general look of the OMT diagram is almost identical +% to the IDEF1X diagram. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(9) % example 9 OMT +%%%drawgrid; + +el := namespace(btex {\bf MANUFACTURER} etex)(niextra); +eh := onelineh; + +hspace1 := namespace(btex made by maker of etex)(4ndextra); + +hspace2 := 4onelineh; % height of CAR +hspace3 := 4onelineh; % space between rows +hspace4 := 3onelineh; % height of MANUFACTURER + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+hspace2+hspace3; + +%%% Zcol/row + +%%% row 2 + +z12=(0, lyc2); +drawdoublerectangle(12, el, hspace4, 1/2); +x121=x12+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex {\bf Manufacturer} etex, (x121, 3/4[y12bl, y12tl])); +label.rt(btex name : String etex, (x121, 1/4[y12bl, y12tl])); + +z22=(x12br+hspace1, lyc2); +drawdoublerectangle(22, el, hspace4, 1/2); +x221=x22+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex {\bf Car Model} etex, (x221, 3/4[y22bl, y22tl])); +label.rt(btex name: String etex, (x221, 1/4[y22bl, y22tl])); + +%%% row 1 + +z21=(x22, lyc1); +drawdoublerectangle(21, el, hspace2, 1/3); +x211=x21+sdtbs; +label.rt(btex {\bf Car} etex, (x211, 5/6[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex serial-no : String etex, (x211, 4/9[y21bl, y21tl])); +label.rt(btex year : Integer etex, (x211, 2/9[y21bl, y21tl])); + +%%%%% relationship lines + +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR-MODEL (12, 22) +drawnormalD(12mr, 22ml); +label.top(btex {\it makes} etex, 1/2[z12mr, z22ml]); +label.ulft(btex 1+{ } etex, z22ml); + +%%% MANUFACTURER / CAR (12, 21) +VH(12bm, 21ml); +drawnormalthreeD(12bm, 12bm.vh, 21ml); +label.top(btex {\it makes} etex, 1/2[z12bm.vh, z21ml]); +label.ulft(btex 1+{ } etex, z21ml); + +%%% CAR-MODEL / CAR (22, 21) +drawnormalD(22bm, 21tm); +label.lft(btex {\it produced as} etex, 1/2[z21tm,z22bm]); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 9 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 10: E-R} +% +% There are several flavours of Entity-Relationship modeling icons. +% I have used a style from~\cite{ELMASRI89}. +% +% This example introduces some new icons and \Mpost{} modeling. +% +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(10) % example 10 E-R +%%%drawgrid; + +numeric diam; diam := 2onelineh; + +upshift := diam; % circle diameter +nextup := diam+upshift; + +el := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); +eh := onelineh; + +numeric dl, dh; % length and height of diamond boxes +dl := 1/2el; dh := 2eh; + +numeric marg; marg := 4u; % double the seperation between parallel lines + +hspace1 := 1/2el; + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; +lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; +lyc4 := lyc3+nextup; +lyc5 := lyc4+nextup; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The diagram has 5 rows. Start with the 4th as it is the widest row. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Zcol/row +%%% row 4 + +z14=(0,lyc4); +drawENT(14, el, eh)(btex manufacturer etex); + +z34ml=(x14br+hspace1, y14mr); +drawdiamondbox(34, dl, dh)(btex has etex); + +z54ml=(x34mr+hspace1, y34mr); +drawENT(54, el, eh)(btex car\_model etex); + +%%% row 5 + +z15bm=(x14bm, lyc5); +drawcirclebox(15, diam)(btex Name etex); + +z55bm=(x54bm, lyc5); +drawcirclebox(55, diam)(btex Name etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The third row consists of an ordinary diamond box at the right and +% a doubly enclosed diamond on the left. The |drawtwodiamondbox| routine +% is used for the latter. Note that values of |marg| are +% used to make the oustside of the double diamond larger than the single +% diamonds. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 3 + +z53bm=(x54bm, lyc3); +drawdiamondbox(53, dl, dh)(btex of etex); + +z13c=(x14bm, y53c); +drawtwodiamondbox(13, dl+marg, dh+marg, 2/5marg)(btex Makes etex); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The second row just consists of a doubly enclosed rectangular box. +% There is no explicit routine for drawing this, so two |drawENT| routines +% are used for drawing smaller and larger superimposed boxes (one with +% an empty text argument). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% row 2 + +z32bm=(x34bm, lyc2); +drawENT(32, el, eh)(btex car etex); +z31c=z32c; +drawENT(31, el+marg, eh+marg)(""); + +%%% row 1 + +z21bm=(x32bl, lyc1); +drawcirclebox(21, 5/4diam)(btex \twolines{Serial}{No} etex); + +z41bm=(x32br, lyc1); +drawcirclebox(41, diam)(btex Year etex); + +%%%%%% lines + +%%% Name / manufacturer (15, 14) +drawnormal(15bm, 14tm); + +%%% Name / model (55, 54) +drawnormal(55bm, 54tm); + +%%% Mnf / has (14, 34) +drawnormal(14mr, 34ml); +label.top(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z14mr,z34ml]); + +%%% has/ model (34, 54) +drawnormal(34mr, 54ml); +label.top(btex N etex, 1/2[z34mr,z54ml]); + +%%% Mnf / makes (14, 13) +drawnormal(14bm, 13tm); +label.rt(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z14bm,z13tm]); + +%%% model / of (54, 53) +drawnormal(54bm, 53tm); +label.rt(btex 1 etex, 1/2[z54bm,z53tm]); + +% \end{macrocode} +% In the diagrams so far, except trivially in the first, +% the lines have all been vertical and/or +% horizontal. Now we meet lines in arbitrary directions, and parallel +% to boot. +% +% A pair of parallel lines joins the bottom of the doubly enclosed diamond +% to the left side of the doubly enclosed rectangle. Drawing one of these is +% simple --- just draw a straight line between the bottom middle of the +% diamond to the middle left of the rectangle. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% makes / car (13, 31) +drawnormal(13bm, 31ml); +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The point |z31A| is |1/2marg| above the point |z31ml|. This is one end +% of the parallel line. +% \begin{macrocode} +z31A=(x31ml, y31ml+1/2marg); +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The \Mpost{} equation |z1-z2 = frac*(z3-z4)| means that +% (a) the line |z1--z2| is parallel to the line |z3--z4|, and (b) +% the length of the line |z1--z2| is |frac| of the length of |z3--z4|. +% We next specify that the line |z13U--z31A| is parallel to, and the same +% length as, the line |z13bm--z31ml|; +% \begin{macrocode} +z13U-z31A = z13bm-z31ml; +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The final part of the calculation is to determine the point |z13A| so +% that the line |z31A--z13A| is parallel to our first line and starts +% and ends at the outer perimeters of the boxes (and we already +% know what |z31A| is). +% +% \DescribeVariable{whatever} +% Remember mediation? A point, |z1234| is on the line |z1--z2| if \\ +% |z1234=frac1[z1,z2| holds. \\ +% Similarly a point |z1234| is on the line |z3--z4| if \\ +% |z1234=frac2[z3,z4]| holds. +% +% These two equations are linear and provided enough variables are known +% it is easy, even if tedious and error +% prone, to solve +% for all the unknowns using simple mathematics. Fortunately \Mpost{} has an +% idiom for this kind of calculation using the built-in variable +% called |whatever|. Each time |whatever| is used it is internally given +% a new name which saves a lot of name inventions on the part of the user. +% The following line of code results in \Mpost{} calculating the intersection +% point, which I call |z13A|, between the two lines |z13U,z31A|, which is +% our parallel lines whose points are known, and the line |z13bm--z13mr| +% which is the lower right line of the outer diamond whose points are known. +% \begin{macrocode} +z13A = whatever[z13U,z31A] = whatever[z13bm,z13mr]; +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Finally, draw the second parallel line in the desired position and length. +% \begin{macrocode} +draw z13A--z31A; +label.urt(btex N etex, 1/2[z13A,z31A]); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Another pair of parallel lines connects the doubly bounded rectangle +% and the singly bounded diamond, and we use a similar calculation as above. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% of / car (53, 31) +drawnormal(53bm, 31mr); +z31B=(x31mr, y31mr+1/2marg); +z53U - z31B = z53bm - z31mr; +z53B = whatever[z53U,z31B] = whatever[z53bm,z53ml]; +draw z53B--z31B; +label.ulft(btex N etex, 1/2[z53B,z31B]); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% That's the end of the tricky bits for this diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% car / serial no (31, 21) +z31C=(x21tm, y31bl); +drawnormal(31C, 21tm); + +%%% car / year (31, 41) +z31D=(x41tm, y31br); +drawnormal(31D, 41tm); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 10 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \subsubsection{Diagram 11: NIAM} +% +% Like IDEF1X, NIAM~\cite{NIJSSEN89} is a language for relational database +% structures. In Europe it tends to be preferred to IDEF1X. +% +% Although the layout and icons of the NIAM illustration differ from +% the prior +% diagrams, no new techniques are used. The most obvious of the differences +% are the use of oval and circular boxes in place of the rectangular boxes, +% and the use of pairs of rectangular boxes in the middle of the relationship +% lines. +% \begin{macrocode} + +beginfig(11) % example 11 NIAM +%%%drawgrid; + +numeric diam; diam := 2onelineh; % circle diameter + +upshift := diam; +nextup := diam+upshift; + +numeric hel, vel; % length of horizontal and vertical box pairs +eh := onelineh; +hel = namespace(btex made by etex)(nextra); +vel = namespace(btex of prod etex)(nextra); + +numeric del, deh; % horizontal & vertical diameters of oval boxes +del := namespace(btex MANUFACTURER etex)(niextra); +deh := 2eh; + +numeric marg; marg := 2u; % margin for doubly enclosed oval boxes +numeric lmarg; lmarg := marg; % gap for short lines + +numeric dashel, dasheh; % diameters of dashed ellipses +dashel := del+2marg; +dasheh := deh+2marg; + +hspace1 := diam; + +%%% y coords +lyc1 := 0; +lyc2 := lyc1+nextup; +lyc3 := lyc2+nextup; + +%%% Zcol/row + +%%% row 3 + +x13ml=0; y13bm=lyc3; +drawovalbox(13, del, deh)(btex manufacturer etex); +z14=z13c; +drawdashellipse(14, dashel, dasheh); + +z23ml=(x14mr+hspace1, y14mr); +drawENT(23, hel, eh)(btex of etex); + +z33bl=z23br; +drawENT(33, hel, eh)(btex made by etex); + +z44ml=(x33mr+hspace1, y33mr); +drawdashellipse(44, dashel, dasheh); +z43=z44c; +drawovalbox(43, del, deh)(btex car model etex); + +z53ml=(x44mr+hspace1, y44mr); +drawdashcircle(53, diam); +label(btex year etex, z53c); + +%%% row 2 + +z22c=(x23bm,lyc2); +drawcirclebox(22, namespace(btex U etex)(2nextra))(btex U etex); + +x42tm=x43bm; y42ml=lyc2; +drawdoublerectangle(42, vel, 2eh, 1/2); +label(btex of etex, z42ct); +label(btex is of etex, z42cb); + +%%z52c=(x53x,lyc2); +x52tm=x53bm; y52ml=lyc2; +drawdoublerectangle(52, vel, 2eh, 1/2); +label(btex of prod etex, z52ct); +label(btex prod in etex, z52cb); + +%%% row 1 + +z11ml=(x13ml,lyc1); +drawdashellipse(11, del, deh); +label(btex serial no etex, z11c); + +z21ml=(x23ml,lyc1); +drawENT(21, hel, eh)(btex of etex); + +z31bl=z21br; +drawENT(31, hel, eh)(btex has etex); + +z41c=(x43c,lyc1); +drawcirclebox(41, diam)(btex car etex); + +%%%%%% lines + +%%% manufacturer / of (14, 23) +drawnormal(14mr, 23ml); + +%%% made by / car model (33, 44) +drawnormal(33mr, 44ml); +draw (x33tl, y33tl+lmarg)--(x33tr, y33tl+lmarg); +draw (x33mr, y33mr+lmarg)--(x33mr+eh, y33mr+lmarg); + +%%% serial no / of (11, 21) +drawnormal(11mr, 21ml); + +%%% of / of (23, 22, 21) +drawnormal(23bm, 22tm); drawnormal(22bm, 21tm); +label.rt(btex id etex, z22mr); + +%%% has / car (31, 41) +drawnormal(31mr, 41ml); +draw (x31tl, y31tl+lmarg)--(x31tr, y31tl+lmarg); +draw (x31mr, y31mr+lmarg)--(x33mr+eh, y31mr+lmarg); + +%%% model / of (44, 42) +drawnormal(43bm, 42tm); + +%%% is of / car (42, 41) +drawnormal(42bm, 41tm); +draw (x42tfr+lmarg, y42tfr)--(x42tfr+lmarg, y42br); +draw (x42bm+lmarg, y42bm)--(x42bm+lmarg, y42bm-eh); + +%%% year / of prod (53, 52) +drawnormal(53bm, 52tm); + +%%% prod in / car (52, 41) +VH(52bm,41mr); +drawnormalthree(52bm, 52bm.vh, 41mr); +draw (x52tfr+lmarg, y52tfr)--(x52tfr+lmarg, y52br); +draw (x52bm+lmarg, y52bm)--(x52bm+lmarg, y52bm-eh); + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of this diagram +% \begin{macrocode} +endfig; % end fig 11 + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% Note that the centers of the boxes on the bottom row are all at |y=0|, +% and hence the bottom halves have negative y values. This does not matter +% as \Mpost{} determines the actual space required for a diagram and does +% not base it on the origin of the coordinate system. +% +% +% The end of the \Mpost{} examples file. +% \begin{macrocode} +end + +% \end{macrocode} +% The end of the example. +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Comments} +% +% Everyone is likely to have a different style of diagramming. You have +% seen how I do it but that might not be what suits you. Nevertheless, +% the following comments may be of assistance. +% +% In my own work I tend to draw a lot of diagrams, using different +% \file{.mp} files, that have similar sets of `commonly used variables +% \& values'. Rather than repeating the list in each file, I create a +% \Mpost{} file, called say \file{mycommons.mp}, that includes these +% and then |input mycommons| after the |input expressg| near the start +% of each diagram file. +% +% I find it a help to sketch out the diagrams using pencil and paper +% before coding them up. I have to admit, though, that the final results +% often look very different from my initial ideas of the layout. +% +% You might have noticed that I start the coding at different places +% in the diagrams. Basically I try and plan on getting the boxes aligned +% roughly in rows and/or columns. I then typically start with the longest +% column, or more often with the widest row, and then fill in the rest +% from there. +% +% \subsection{Running the \Mpost{} example file} \label{sec:run} +% +% The \file{expeg.mp} file has to be processed by \Mpost{} to obtain +% \EPS{} (\file{eps}) files for viewing or printing. +% Depending on your installation the command to run \Mpost{} may be +% either: \\ +% |mpost expeg| or \\ +% |mp expeg| \\ +% or perhaps something similar. This will produce eleven files, \file{expeg.1} +% to \file{expeg.11}, each of which is an \file{eps} file for the corresponding +% |beginfig(N)| in \file{expeg.mp}. \Mpost{} defaults to using \TeX{} for +% processing labels which outputs them using Computer Modern +% fonts. Unfortunately \PS{} applications do not understand these so it +% is necessary to get the fonts inserted. This is most simply done by +% \LaTeX ing a document that includes the \Mpost{} output. A suitable +% file is provided below and is configured to be processed by either +% \LaTeX{} or \pdflatex. Run \LaTeX{} and then dvips (or what you normally +% use to generate printable output) and you will get all eleven diagrams. +% +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*egt> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% expeg.tex display expressg.dtx MetaPost examples + +\documentclass[11pt]{article} +\newif\ifpdf +\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined + \pdffalse +\else + \pdftrue +\fi + +\ifpdf + \pdfoutput=1 + \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} + \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} +\else + \usepackage[final]{graphicx} +\fi + +%%%% page sizes for ISO document on A4 paper +\setlength{\headheight}{11pt} +\setlength{\headsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topskip}{11pt} +\setlength{\footskip}{11mm} +\setlength{\textwidth}{160mm} +\setlength{\textheight}{221.5mm} +\setlength{\columnsep}{10mm} +\setlength{\topmargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{0mm} +\setlength{\marginparwidth}{0pt} +\setlength{\marginparsep}{0pt} +\setlength{\marginparpush}{0pt} +\setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt} + %%%% for US letterpaper need to change some margins +\setlength{\topmargin}{-9.4mm} +\setlength{\oddsidemargin}{1.55mm} +\setlength{\evensidemargin}{1.55mm} + +\begin{document} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.1} +\caption{Some boxes and line styles} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.2} +\caption{Example schema level diagram} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.3} +\caption{Example diagram of a tree structure} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.4} +\caption{Supertypes and subtypes} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.5} +\caption{A portion of a large model} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.6} +\caption{Car model using EXPRESS-G} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.7} +\caption{Car model using Shlaer-Mellor} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.8} +\caption{Car model using IDEF1X} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.9} +\caption{Car model using OMT} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.10} +\caption{Car model using E-R} +\end{figure} + +\begin{figure} +\centering + \includegraphics{expeg.11} +\caption{Car model using NIAM} +\end{figure} + +\end{document} + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% The end of the \LaTeX{} file. +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsubsection{Using \pdflatex} +% +% \pdflatex{} generates a \file{.pdf} file directly from \LaTeX{} source +% instead of a \file{.dvi} file. Unfortunately \pdflatex{} does not understand +% \EPS{} in general, but it \emph{does} understand the restricted form +% of \EPS{} generated by \Mpost. By default \pdflatex{} will recognise +% files with an \file{.mps} extension as coming from \Mpost, but \Mpost{} +% generates files with a numeric extension. +% If you like to use both \Mpost{} and \pdflatex, then it can +% get tedious changing all the numeric extensions to \file{.mps}. The +% following two scripts can help with this. The first is a shell +% script\footnote{You may well have to modify this to run on your +% operating system.} which calls a Perl script. +% +% The shell script is called \file{n2mps.sh}. To get suitable versions +% of the example \Mpost{} output files for use with \pdflatex, just do: \\ +% |n2mps.sh expeg| \\ +% after having run \Mpost{} on \file{expeg.mp}. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*shell> +#! /bin/sh + +##################################################################### +# Shell script n2mps.sh +# Call as: n2mps.sh basename +# List each file basename.* in the directory and run the Perl script +# to copy each basename.N to basenameN.mps, where N is an integer +# +# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson +##################################################################### + +basename=${1:?"A file basename is required."} +extname=N.mps +echo Files $basename.N, where N is a number, will be copied to $basename$extname +for file in `ls $basename.*` +do + n2mpsprl.prl $file +done + +####################### end shell script ########################### + +% +% \end{macrocode} +% The Perl script, which is called by the \file{n2mps} script: +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*perl> + +#!/usr/local/bin/perl -w + +################################################################### +# Perl script: n2mpsprl.prl +# Call as: n2mpsprl.prl filename +# If filename is of the form basename.N, where N is an integer, +# copies file basename.N to file basenameN.mps +# +# Copyright 2000, Mauro S. Costa and Peter R. Wilson +################################################################## + +# Test for correct number of input parameters +die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV > 1); +die "Invalid command line arguments.\nTry $0 \n" if($#ARGV < 0); + +# Assign input file name to variable +$input_file = $ARGV[0]; + +## test if ends with a number, exit if not +if ($input_file =~ /\w\.\d/) { ; } else { exit; } + +# Remove the "dot" from the string variable +# holding the input file name +$input_file =~ s/\.// ; + +# Create a list variable composed of the string variable holding +# the concatenated input file name and the extension ".mps" +@name_list = ($input_file,'.mps') ; + +# Join the string variables in the name_list variable into +# a single string variable +$output_file = join("",@name_list) ; + +# create a list variable composed to the parameters needed +# for the system copy command excution +@exec_list = ('cp', $ARGV[0], $output_file) ; + +# Execute the system copy ("cp") command +system(@exec_list) ; + +############################ end perl script ########################## + +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% As an alternative when using \pdflatex{} and the \Lpack{graphicx} package, +% putting \\ +% |\DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{}| \\ +% will cause included graphics files with unknown extensions +% (e.g., as generated by \Mpost) to be treated as \file{.mps} files. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \documentclass... +% \usepackage{ifpdf}% you should have this +% \ifpdf +% \pdfoutput=1 +% \usepackage[pdftex,final]{graphicx} +% \DeclareGraphicsRule{*}{mps}{*}{} +% \else +% \usepackage[final]{graphicx} +% \fi +% ... +% \includegraphics{mpfig.23} +% ... +% \end{verbatim} +% +% +% \subsection{Using \LaTeX{} instead of \TeX} +% +% As already noted, \Mpost{} defaults to using \TeX{} for typesetting +% labels. If you would prefer it to use \LaTeX{} instead, then two things +% have to be done. +% \begin{enumerate} +% \item \Mpost{} looks at the value of an environment variable called |TEX| +% to see what typesetting system it should use. If the variable is +% not set, then it uses \TeX. To get it to use \LaTeX{} the environment +% variable has to be set to |latex|. For example, on the system I use +% this is done by: +% \begin{verbatim} +% TEX=latex +% export TEX +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \item \LaTeX{} |\documentclass| and |\begin{document}| commands must +% be put into the |verbatimtex|\ldots|etex| group at the start of +% the diagramming file. For the example, this might look like +% \begin{verbatim} +% verbatimtex +% \documentclass{article} +% % \usepackage{...} % for any packages +% \def\twolines#1#2{\vbox{\hbox{#1} \hbox{#2}}} +% \begin{document} +% etex +% \end{verbatim} +% +% \end{enumerate} +% +% \textbf{NOTE:} Both the above are required for \LaTeX. On the other hand, +% if |TEX| is either undefined or has a value other than |tex|, +% then there must +% be no \LaTeX{} code anywhere in the \file{.mp} file. +% +% If you need to generate individual self-contained \file{ps} files +% for inclusion in non-\LaTeX{} documents where the font used for labels +% is a member of the Computer Modern family, +% then you need to use LaTeX{} and dvips on \file{*.tex} files that consist +% of only a single diagram and no other text at all. At least on my setup +% I have found it best to run dvips as normal but with output to a file +% instead of a printer. Then use whatever tools are available to you to +% convert the \file{.ps} file to an \file{.eps} one (or at least set the +% correct bounding box values). The primary source on generating and +% using \EPS{} in the \LaTeX{} world is~\cite{RECKDAHL97}, +% and~\cite{GOOSSENS97} also has useful information. +% +% \subsection{Using \PS{} fonts} +% +% \Mpost{} can be made to use \PS{} fonts and, providing the labels +% don't require any special (\TeX) processing, then use of \LaTeX{} may +% be avoided altogether. In order to do this, certain requirements have +% to be put on the content on the \file{.mp} file. +% +% \begin{itemize} +% \item \DescribeVariable{prologues} The +% diagram file must begin with the line \\ +% |prologues:=2;| \\ +% which will add a prologue for \PS{} font to the output file. +% +% \item \DescribeVariable{defaultfont} The +% |defaultfont| must be changed. What it has to be changed +% to depends on the font you want to use. For example, to use the +% Times Roman font, put: \\ +% |defaultfont:="ptmr8r";| \\ +% just after the |prologues| line. +% +% For this incantation to work, the file \file{ptmr8r.tfm} must exist +% in a location where \Mpost{} looks for \file{.tfm} files (on the system +% I use it is in directory \texttt{../texmf/fonts/tfm/adobe/times}). Also, +% the file \file{psfonts.map} must include a line like \\ +% |ptmr8r Times-Roman ...| \\ +% Again, on my system \file{psfonts.map} is in directory +% \texttt{../texmf/dvips/misc}. +% +% I don't know whether or not this works if you don't have a \LaTeX{} +% distribution --- it probably doesn't. But it's unlikely that you don't +% have one if you +% intend to use \Mpost. +% +% \end{itemize} +% +% As a final note on changing fonts, the \Mpost{} |defaultfont| and +% |defaultscale| values only apply to quoted text +% (e.g., \texttt{"quoted text"}) and not to `btexed' text +% (e.g., \texttt{btex btexed text etex}). Conversely, \TeX{} or \LaTeX{} +% commands only apply to btexed text and not to quoted text. For more +% details on this, see~\cite{METAFP}. +% +% +% +% +% \section{The \Mpost{} code} \label{sec:mf} +% +% +% We start by announcing what it is for. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*up> +%%% EXPRESSG.MP MetaPost macros for EXPRESS-G and other BLA diagrams +%%% version 1.5, 31 July 2003 +%%% version 1.6, 29 February 2004 +%%% version 1.61, 17 March 2004 + +show "expressg.mp version 1.61, 2004/03/17"; + +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \subsection{Variables} +% +% \begin{variable}{u} +% The unit of length. +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal u; numeric u; +u := 1mm; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{maxx} +% \begin{variable}{maxy} +% The maximum x and y coordinates for a diagram. +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal maxx, maxy; +numeric maxx, maxy; +maxx := 159.5u; % smidgeon under 160mm for ISO +maxy := 210u; % 210mm for ISO + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{defaultdotdiam} +% \begin{variable}{dotdiam} +% The default and actual diameter of circle and dot line end styles. +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal defaultdotdiam, dotdiam; +numeric defaultdotdiam, dotdiam; +defaultdotdiam := 2u; +dotdiam := defaultdotdiam; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} +% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} +% \begin{variable}{normalpensize} +% The diameters of the pens for drawing normal, thick and thin lines. (The +% size of the default \Mpost{} pen is 0.5bp). +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal normalpensize, thickpensize, thinpensize; +numeric normalpensize, thickpensize, thinpensize; +normalpensize := 0.5bp; +thickpensize := 1.5bp; +thinpensize := 0.25bp; +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{dotsscale} +% |dotsscale| is the amount the |...pensize| has to be increased so that a +% dotted line looks as thick as a continuous or dashed line. +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal dotsscale; numeric dotsscale; +dotsscale := 2; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{normalpen} +% \begin{variable}{thickpen} +% \begin{variable}{thinpen} +% \begin{variable}{dotspen} +% \begin{variable}{dotpen} +% The pens for drawing lines, plus |dotpen| for drawing a dot line end style. +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal normalpen, thickpen, thinpen, dotspen, dotpen; +pen normalpen, thickpen, thinpen, dotspen, dotpen; +normalpen := pencircle scaled normalpensize; % i.e. defaultpen; +thickpen := pencircle scaled thickpensize; +thinpen := pencircle scaled thinpensize; +dotspen := pencircle scaled (dotsscale*normalpensize); +dotpen := pencircle scaled dotdiam; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{defaultsmoothrad} +% \begin{variable}{smoothrad} +% The default and initial values for the radius of the arc used for joining +% two lines. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added defaultsmoothrad and smoothrad variables} +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal defaultsmoothrad; +numeric smoothrad, defaultsmoothrad; +smoothrad := defaultsmoothrad := 2u; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{defaultdrumlid} +% \begin{variable}{drumlid} +% The default and initial values for the ratio of the minor to major +% diameter of ellipses for the top and bottom of drums. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added defaultdrumlid and drumlid variables} +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal defaultdrumlid; +numeric drumlid, defaultdrumlid; +drumlid := defaultdrumlid := 0.2; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{defaultgal} +% \begin{variable}{defaultgab} +% \begin{variable}{defaultgfl} +% \begin{variable}{defaultgfb} +% The default values for the length and base width width of arrowheads and fanins. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% default length and base width for arrowheads and fanin +newinternal defaultgal, defaultgab, defaultgfl, defaultgfb; +numeric defaultgal, defaultgab, defaultgfl, defaultgfb; +defaultgal := defaultgfl := defaultdotdiam; +defaultgab := defaultgfb := defaultgal; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{gal} +% \begin{variable}{gab} +% \begin{variable}{gfl} +% \begin{variable}{gfb} +% Values of length and base width of arrowheads and fanins. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length and base width of arrowheads and fanins +newinternal gal, gab, gfl, gfb; +numeric gal, gab, gfl, gfb; +gal := defaultgal; +gab := defaultgab; +gfl := defaultgfl; +gfb := defaultgfb; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{onelineh} +% The minimum height of a box that encloses a single line of text. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +newinternal onelineh; +numeric onelineh; +onelineh := 5u; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{sdtbl} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbh} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbs} +% The length, height and inset for a simple data type box. The length is +% sufficient for the name `BOOLEAN' and the height for one line of text. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length, height & inset for simple data type boxes +newinternal sdtbl, sdtbh, sdtbs; +numeric sdtbl, sdtbh, sdtbs; +sdtbl := 22u; +sdtbh := onelineh; +sdtbs := 2u; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{sdtbel} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbeh} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbes} +% The length, height and inset for a simple EXPRESSION data type box. +% The length is +% sufficient for the name `EXPRESSION' and the height for one line of text. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length, height & inset for EXPRESSION data type boxes +newinternal sdtbel, sdtbeh, sdtbes; +numeric sdtbel, sdtbeh, sdtbes; +sdtbel := 28u; +sdtbeh := sdtbh; sdtbes := sdtbs; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{sdtbgel} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbgeh} +% \begin{variable}{sdtbges} +% The length, height and inset for a simple GENERICENT data type box. +% The length is +% sufficient for the name `GENERIC\_ENTITY' and the height for one line of text. +% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Added sdtbgel, sdtbgeh and sdtbges box lengths} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length, height & inset for GENERICENT data type boxes +newinternal sdtbgel, sdtbgeh, sdtbges; +numeric sdtbgel, sdtbgeh, sdtbges; +sdtbgel := 38u; +sdtbgeh := sdtbh; sdtbges := sdtbs; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{pconl} +% The average length of a numeric page connector (e.g., for |9,9 (9,9)|). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% average length of numeric page connector +newinternal pconl; +numeric pconl; % length of page connector (for e.g., 9,9 (9,9) ) +pconl:=15u; +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{pconh} +% Height of average page connector (one line of text). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% height of page connectors (one line) +newinternal pconh; +numeric pconh; +pconh := onelineh; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{enth} +% \begin{variable}{typeh} +% The height of a one line ENT(ITY) box (|enth|) and the height of a +% one line ENUM(ERATION), SELECT or TYPE box. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% heights of entity, enum, select, type boxes (One text line) +newinternal enth, typeh; +numeric enth, typeh; +enth := onelineh; +typeh := onelineh; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{ish} +% \begin{variable}{isrh} +% The height of a normal one line interschema box (|ish|) and an +% interschema box with one line each for the name and rename (|isrh|). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% height of interschema boxes (one text line, no rename), and (name + rename) +newinternal ish, isrh; +numeric ish, isrh; +ish := 2onelineh; +isrh := 3onelineh; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{schemah} +% Height of a one line SCHEMA box. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% height of schema boxes (one text line) +newinternal schemah; +numeric schemah; +schemah := 2onelineh; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{eventh} +% \begin{variable}{eventslope} +% The height (|eventh|) of a one line (G/L)EVENT box and the slope of the +% sides of a (G/L)EVENT box. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% height and slope of event boxes +newinternal eventh, eventslope; +numeric eventh, eventslope; +eventh := onelineh; +eventslope := 0.25; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{nextra} +% \begin{variable}{niextra} +% Margins for namespaces in normal (|nextra|) and inset (|niextra|) boxes. +% Inset boxes are the ENUM, SELECT and TYPE boxes. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% extra namespaces for boxed names +newinternal nextra, niextra; +numeric nextra, niextra; +nextra := 2u; +niextra := nextra+sdtbs; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{variable}{ndextra} +% Margin for namespace on a relationship line. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% extra namespace for attribute names +newinternal ndextra; +numeric ndextra; +ndextra := nextra+dotdiam; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% +% \subsection{Utility routines} +% +% \begin{routine}{VH} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VH routine} +% Calculates the intersection point |z$vh| between the vertical line through +% |z$| and the horizontal line through |z$$| (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% calculates mid-point on a path like |_ (vertical, horizontal) +%%% final points are: z$, z$vh, z$$, where z$vh=(x$,y$$) +def VH(suffix $, $$) = + z$vh=(x$,y$$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{VhV} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VhV routine} +% Calculates the point |z$vhv| on the vertical line through |z$| and the +% point |z$$vhv| on the vertical line through |z$$|, such that the line +% |z$vhv--z$$vhv| is horizontal and centered vertically between the given +% points (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Calculates mid-points on a path like |_ +%%% | (vertical, horizontal, vertical) +%%% final points are: z$, z$vhv, z$$vhv, z$$ +def VhV(suffix $, $$) = + y$$vhv=1/2[y$,y$$]; x$$vhv=x$$; + z$vhv=(x$,y$$vhv); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{HvH} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added HvH routine} +% Calculates the point |z$hvh| on the horizontal line through |z$| and the +% point |z$$hvh| on the horizontal line through |z$$|, such that the line +% |z$hvh--z$$hvh| is vertical and centered horizontally between the given +% points (see \fref{fig:vhvh}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Calculates mid-points on a path like -|_ (horizontal, vertical, horizontal) +%%% final points are: z$, z$hvh, z$$hvh, z$$ +def HvH(suffix $, $$) = + x$hvh=1/2[x$,x$$]; y$hvh=y$; + z$$hvh=(x$hvh,y$$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{VyV} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added VyV routine} +% A generalisation of |VhV|. +% Calculates the point |z$vyv| on the vertical line through |z$| and the +% horizontal line through |y@|, and the point |z$$vyv| on the vertical +% line through |z$$| and the horizontal line through |y@| (see \fref{fig:vyxh}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Calculates turning points on a U shaped path (vertical, horizontal, vertical) +%%% final points are: z$, z$vyv, z$$vyv, z$$ +def VyV(suffix $, @, $$) = + z$$vyv=(x$$,y@); + z$vyv =(x$, y@); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{HxH} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added HxH routine} +% A generalisation of |HvH|. +% Calculates the point |z$hxh| on the horizontal line through |z$| and the +% vertical line through |x@|, and the +% point |z$$hgh| on the horizontal line through |z$$| and the vertical +% line through |x@| (see \fref{fig:vyxh}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Calculates corner points rotated U shaped path (horizontal, vertical, horizontal) +%%% final points are: z$, z$hxh, z$$hxh, z$$ +def HxH(suffix $, @, $$) = + z$$hxh=(x@,y$$); + z$hxh =(x@,y$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{namespace} +% |namespace(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{margin}|)| calculates the length of +% the text string \meta{name} plus the \meta{margin} length. The +% body is enclosed in parentheses\footnote{Requested by Stephan Hennig, +% \texttt{ctt} thread \textit{[MP, expressg, latexmp] namespace and textext}, +% 16 March 2004} +% so you can do \verb?c=2namespace...? +% \changes{v1.61}{2004/03/17}{Added parentheses to namespace macro} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% calculates length taken up by typesetting str, plus margin +def namespace(text str)(expr margin) = + (xpart lrcorner(str) - xpart llcorner(str) + margin) +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{dashes} +% Shorthand for a dashed line style. Use as: |draw ... dashes;|. +% \begin{macrocode} +def dashes = + dashed evenly +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{dots} +% Shorthand for a dotted line style. Use as: |draw ... dots;|. +% \begin{macrocode} +def dots = + dashed withdots +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{dashedgrid} +% |dashedgrid(|\meta{nx}, \meta{ny}, \meta{dist}|)| draws a thin dashed grid +% with \meta{nx} and \meta{ny} divisions in the $x$ and $y$ directions, +% with \meta{dist} between the grid lines. The grid lines are numbered. +% \begin{macrocode} +% draw a general dashed grid +def dashedgrid(expr nx, ny, dist) = + save zg_, zg__, oldpen; + pair zg_[], zg__[]; + pen oldpen; oldpen = currentpen; + pickup thinpen; + for i = 0 upto nx: + zg_[i] = (i*dist, 0); zg_[i+1000] = (i*dist, ny*dist); + draw zg_[i]--zg_[i+1000] dashes; + label.bot(decimal(i), zg_[i]); + endfor + for i = 0 upto ny: + zg__[i] = (0, i*dist); zg__[i+1000] = (nx*dist, i*dist); + draw zg__[i]--zg__[i+1000] dashes; + label.lft(decimal(i), zg__[i]); + endfor + pickup oldpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawgrid} +% |drawgrid| draws a thin dashed grid filling the permitted space for an +% ISO Standard diagram. The units are in mm and the lines are at 10mm intervals +% with labeling in terms of mm. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draw a 1cm spaced grid of 16(x) by 21(y) cms. (units are mm) +def drawgrid = + dashedgrid(16, 21, 10mm); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% The box drawing routines take as an argument the suffix (|$|) of the +% left-hand bottom corner point of the box, and normally the length and +% height of the box. +% The coordinates of the box corners +% are calculated (|z$bl|, |z$br|, |z$tr| and |z$tl|). The midpoints of +% the sides of the box (|z$bm|, |z$mr|, |z$tm|, |z$ml|) are calculated +% as well. The text `center' of the box is |z$c|, while the geometric +% center of the box will be at the intersection point of the lines +% |z$bm--z$tm| and |z$ml--z$mr|. See \fref{fig:boxpoints} for an +% illustration. +% +% \begin{routine}{rectpoints} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added rectpoints routine} +% The routine |rectpoints($, l, h)| calculates +% the corner and midpoints of a rectangular box with bottom left +% at |z$|, length |l| and height |h|. Note that it does \emph{not} +% calculate the center point (see \fref{fig:boxpoints}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% calculates corner and midpoints of a rectangle, +%%% bottom left at $, length l, height h +def rectpoints(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + z$bl = z$; + z$tr = (x$+l, y$+h); + z$br = (x$tr, y$bl); + z$tl = (x$bl, y$tr); + z$ml = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; + z$mr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; + z$bm = 1/2[z$bl, z$br]; + z$tm = 1/2[z$tl, z$tr]; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{rhompoints} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added rhompoints routine} +% The routine |rhompoints($, l, h, s)| calculates the corner and midpoints +% of a rhomboid length |l|, height |h|, sideslope |s|, and positioned +% with its bottom left hand corner at |z$|. The center point is \emph{not} +% calculated (see \fref{fig:eventpoints}). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% calculate corner, midpoints and center point of a rhomboid. +def rhompoints(suffix $)(expr l, h, s) = + save eshift; + numeric eshift; eshift = s*h; + z$bl = z$; + z$tr = (x$+l+eshift, y$+h); + z$br = (x$bl+l, y$bl); + z$tl = (x$bl+eshift, y$tr); + z$ml = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; + z$mr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; + z$bm = (1/2[x$ml,x$mr], y$bl); + z$tm = (x$bm, y$tr); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{circpoints} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added circpoints routine} +% The routine |circpoints($, d)| calculates the `corner' and `midpoints' +% on the circumference of a circle, center |z$| and diameter |d|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% calculate circumferential points on a circle +def circpoints(suffix $)(expr diam) = + save rad, sinrad, cosrad; + numeric rad, sinrad, cosrad; + rad = diam/2; + sinrad = rad*(sind 45); + cosrad = rad*(cosd 45); + z$c=z$; + z$ml=(x$c-rad, y$c); + z$mr=(x$c+rad, y$c); + z$bm=(x$c, y$c-rad); + z$tm=(x$c, y$c+rad); + z$tr=(x$c+cosrad, y$c+sinrad); + z$bl=(x$c-cosrad, y$c-sinrad); + z$br=(x$tr, y$bl); + z$tl=(x$bl, y$tr); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \subsection{Path routines} +% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added path routines} +% +% \begin{routine}{~} +% The binary operator |~| is a reimplementation of the METAFONT plain base +% |softjoin| path connector (METAFONTbook, page 266); +% it connects paths via a small circular arc +% radius |smoothrad|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% circular arc join between two paths +tertiarydef p ~ q = + begingroup + c_ := fullcircle scaled 2smoothrad shifted point 0 of q; + a_ := ypart(c_ intersectiontimes p); + b_ := ypart(c_ intersectiontimes q); + if a_ < 0: point 0 of p{direction 0 of p} else: subpath(0,a_) of p fi + ... if b_ < 0: {direction infinity of q}point infinity of q + else: subpath(b_,infinity) of q fi + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{sharply} +% |sharply(zi, zj, ...zn)| creates a piecewise linear path through the +% given points. (The code is based on the |flex| routine, +% page 267 of the METAFONTbook). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% piecewise linear path between the given points +def sharply(text t) = % t is a list of pairs + hide(n_:=0; for z=t: z_[incr n_]:=z; endfor) + z_1 for k=2 upto n_: --z_[k] endfor +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{smoothly} +% |smoothly(zi, zj, ...zn)| creates a piecewise linear path through the +% given points, with the sharp corners replaced by circular arcs of radius +% |smoothrad|. +% page 267 of the METAFONTbook). +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% piecewise linear path between the given points with smooth corners +def smoothly(text t) = % t is a list of pairs + hide(n_:=0; for z=t: z_[incr n_]:=z; endfor) + (z_1 for k=2 upto n_-1: --z_[k]) ~ (z_[k] endfor --z_[n_]) +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \subsection{Line end drawing routines} +% +% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added individual line end drawing routines} +% \begin{routine}{drawO} +% Draw an open circle, diameter |dotdiam| at the end of the vector +% |z$| to |z$$|. Any underlying graphic/text will be hidden. +% All the line end drawing routines have similar code. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw an open circle at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawO(suffix $, $$) = +% \end{macrocode} +% Keep everything inside a group and specify the local variables. +% \begin{macrocode} + begingroup + save v_, c_, l, p; +% \end{macrocode} +% Specify the types of the local variables. +% \begin{macrocode} + pair v_, c_; + numeric l; + path p; +% \end{macrocode} +% |v_| is the difference between the start and end points of the line. +% That is, it is the vector from the end point to the start point. +% \begin{macrocode} + v_ := z$-z$$; +% \end{macrocode} +% \DescribeRoutine{++} +% \DescribeRoutine{xpart} +% \DescribeRoutine{ypart} +% Using \Mpost's Pythagorean addition operator |++|, where |a++b| means +% $\sqrt{a^{2}+b^{2}}$, we can calculate the length |l| of the line from +% the x and y dimension (|xpart| and |ypart|) of the vector |v_|. +% \begin{macrocode} + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line +% \end{macrocode} +% Using mediation involving the ratio of the circle radius to the length +% of the line, calculate |c_|, the required position of the center of +% the circle at the end of the line. +% \begin{macrocode} + c_ := (dotdiam/(2l))[z$$,z$]; +% \end{macrocode} +% |p| is the path for drawing the circle. +% \begin{macrocode} + p := fullcircle scaled dotdiam shifted c_; +% \end{macrocode} +% Erase anything underneath the circle. +% \begin{macrocode} + unfill p; +% \end{macrocode} +% Now we can draw the circle (twice to make sure it shows). +% \begin{macrocode} + draw p; draw p; +% \end{macrocode} +% Finish the local group and end. +% \begin{macrocode} + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawD} +% Draw a closed circle, diameter |dotdiam| at the end of the vector +% |z$| to |z$$|. Any underlying graphic/text will be hidden. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw a closed circle at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawD(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, l, p; + pair v_, c_; + numeric l; + path p; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (dotdiam/(2l))[z$$,z$]; + p := fullcircle scaled dotdiam shifted c_; + fill p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawOA} +% Draw an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% The same general code pattern is used for non-circular +% line end styles, and is described here. It is not too different +% from drawing circular ends, except that the orientation of the line +% has to be taken into account. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draw an open arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawOA(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gab/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead +% \end{macrocode} +% Calculate the unit vector in the direction of the line. +% \begin{macrocode} + v_u := unitvector v_; +% \end{macrocode} +% Calculate one of the corner points on the base of the triangle by +% shifting the midbase point in the direction of the normal to the +% line by half the base width. +% \begin{macrocode} + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); +% \end{macrocode} +% Specify that the other corner point is symmetrically opposite the first. +% \begin{macrocode} + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; +% \end{macrocode} +% Draw the triangular arrowhead. +% \begin{macrocode} + p = c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; + unfill p; + draw p; draw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawCA} +% Draw a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draw a closed arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawCA(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gab/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; + p = c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; + filldraw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawA} +% Draw a simple arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draw a simple arrowhead at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawA(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gab/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; + p = c_b--z$$--c_t; + draw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawF} +% Draw a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at the end of the vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a fanin at the end of the vector from $ to $$ +def drawF(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gfb/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gfl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % apex of fan + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := z$$ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - z$$ = z$$ - c_t; + p = c_b--c_--c_t; + draw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \subsection{Line drawing routines} +% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Stripped in-line line end code from line drawing routines} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdots} +% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw a dotted line from $ to $$ +def drawdots(suffix $, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsthree} +% Draw a straight dotted line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draws the dotted line $--@--$$ +def drawdotsthree(suffix $, @, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z@--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsfour} +% Draw a straight dotted line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw the dotted line $--@--@@--$$ +def drawdotsfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsO} +% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw a dotted line from $ to $$ with open circle at $$ +def drawdotsO(suffix $, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; + drawO($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsthreeO} +% Draw a straight dotted line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draws the dotted line $--@--$$ +def drawdotsthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z@--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; + drawO(@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsfourO} +% Draw a straight dotted line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw the dotted line $--@--@@--$$ +def drawdotsfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; + drawO(@@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdotsOO} +% Draw a dotted line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% Draw the dotted line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ +def drawdotsOO(suffix $, $$) = + pickup dotspen; + draw z$--z$$ dots; + pickup normalpen; + drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdash} +% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$ +def drawdash(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$ dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashthree} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the dashed line $--@--$$ +def drawdashthree(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$ dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashfour} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the dashed line $--@--@@--$$ +def drawdashfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashO} +% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ +def drawdashO(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$ dashes; + drawO($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashthreeO} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the dashed line $--@--$$ with circle at $$ +def drawdashthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$ dashes; + drawO(@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashfourO} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the dashed line $--@--@@--$$ with circle at $$ +def drawdashfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$ dashes; + drawO(@@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashOO} +% Draw a dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawdashOO($, $$) +%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ +def drawdashOO(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$ dashes; + drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormal} +% Draw a normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$. +def drawnormal(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthree} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawnormalthree($, @, $$) +%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$ +def drawnormalthree(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfour} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$ +def drawnormalfour(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalO} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawnormalO($, $$) +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ +def drawnormalO(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawO($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeO} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a circle at $$ +def drawnormalthreeO(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$; + drawO(@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourO} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, +% ending in an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a circle at $$ +def drawnormalfourO(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; + drawO(@@, $$); +enddef; + + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOO} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawnormalOO($, $$) +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ +def drawnormalOO(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in a dot diameter dotdiam at $$ +def drawnormalD(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawD($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a dot at $$ +def drawnormalthreeD(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$; + drawD(@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, +% ending in a black dot, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a dot at $$ +def drawnormalfourD(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; + drawD(@@, $$); +enddef; + + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalDD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending in black dots, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending in dots diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ +def drawnormalDD(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawD($, $$); drawD($$, $); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOA} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with an open arrowhead at $$ +def drawnormalOA(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawOA($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalCA} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with a closed (black) arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a closed arrowhead at $$ +def drawnormalCA(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawCA($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalthreeCA} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the three points |z$|, |z@| and |z$$|, +% ending in a closed arrowhead at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--$$, ending in a black arrowhead at $$ +def drawnormalthreeCA(suffix $, @, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z$$; + drawCA(@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalfourCA} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the four points |z$|, |z@|, |z@@| and |z$$|, +% ending in a closed arrowhead at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws the normal line $--@--@@--$$, ending in a black arrowhead at $$ +def drawnormalfourCA(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + draw z$--z@--z@@--z$$; + drawCA(@@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalF} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a fanin at $$ +def drawnormalF(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawF($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalFO} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with a fanin, length |gfl| and base width |gfb|, +% at |z$| and an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, with a fanin at $ and an open circle at $$ +def drawnormalFO(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawO($, $$); drawF($$, $); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawthick} +% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$| +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$. +def drawthick(suffix $, $$) = + pickup thickpen; + draw z$--z$$; + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawthickO} +% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with an open circle, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$, ending in a circle diameter dotdiam at $$ +def drawthickO(suffix $, $$) = + pickup thickpen; + draw z$--z$$; + drawO($, $$); + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawthickOO} +% Draw a straight thick line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with open circles, diameter |dotdiam|, at |z$| and |z$$|. +% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Added thickpen to drawthickOO} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a thick line from $ to $$, ending in circles diameter dotdiam at $ and $$ +def drawthickOO(suffix $, $$) = + pickup thickpen; + draw z$--z$$; + drawO($, $$); drawO($$, $); + pickup normalpen; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{smooth} +% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. +% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. The code employs the +% same technique as used for putting dots, etc., at the end of a line. +% However, in this case we `undraw' the sharp corner before drawing the +% arc. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smooth routine} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% replaces the sharp corner on $--@--$$ with a circular arc radius smoothrad +def smooth(suffix $, @, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, l, p; + pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; + path p; + v_ := z@-z$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ + c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ + v_' := z$$-z@; + l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ + c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ + undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join + draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_'; % draw the arc + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{smoothtwo} +% Rounds the joins at |z@| and |z@@| between the three straight lines +% |z$--z@--z@@--z$$|. +% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothtwo routine} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% replaces the sharp corners on $--@--@@--$$ with a circular arc radius smoothrad +def smoothtwo(suffix $, @, @@, $$) = + smooth($, @, @@); smooth(@, @@, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{smoothdash} +% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two dashed straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. +% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothdash routine} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% replaces the sharp corner on the dashed lines $--@--$$ +%%% with a circular arc radius smoothrad +def smoothdash(suffix $, @, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, l, p; + pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; + path p; + v_ := z@-z$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ + c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ + v_' := z$$-z@; + l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ + c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ + undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join + draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_' dashes; % draw the dashed arc + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{smoothdots} +% Rounds the join at |z@| between the two dotted straight lines |z$--z@--z$$|. +% The radius of the circular arc is |smoothrad|. +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added smoothdots routine} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% replaces the sharp corner on the dotted line $--@--$$ +%%% with a circular arc radius smoothrad +def smoothdots(suffix $, @, $$) = + begingroup + save oldpen; + pen oldpen; oldpen := currentpen; + save v_, c_, l, p; + pair v_, v_', c_, c_'; + path p; + v_ := z@-z$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of $--@ + c_ := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$]; % start of arc on $--@ + v_' := z$$-z@; + l := (xpart v_')++(ypart v_'); % length of @--$$ + c_' := (smoothrad/l)[z@,z$$]; % end of arc on @--$$ + undraw c_--z@--c_'; % blank original join + pickup dotspen; + draw c_{v_}..{v_'}c_' dots; % draw the dotted arc + pickup oldpen; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \subsection{Box drawing routines} +% +% The box drawing routines take as an argument the suffix (|$|) of the +% left-hand bottom corner point of the box, and normally the length and +% height of the box. There is normally also a text argument that gets +% typeset at the `center' of the box. The coordinates of the box corners +% are calculated (|z$bl|, |z$br|, |z$tr| and |z$tl|). The midpoints of +% the sides of the box (|z$bm|, |z$mr|, |z$tm|, |z$ml|) are calculated +% as well. The text `center' of the box is |z$c|, while the geometric +% center of the box will be at the intersection point of the lines +% |z$bm--z$tm| and |z$ml--z$mr|. See \fref{fig:boxpoints} for an +% illustration. +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawSCHEMA} +% |drawSCHEMA(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a SCHEMA box. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a schema box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawSCHEMA(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + x$c = 1/2[x$ml, x$mr]; + y$c = 1/2[y$ml, y$tl]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; % outer box + draw z$ml--z$mr; % dividing line + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawSDT} +% |drawSDT(|\meta{suffix}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a simple data type box of length |sdtbl| and height |sdtbh|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawSDT($)(name) +% draw a simple data type box, bottom left at $ +def drawSDT(suffix $)(text str) = + rectpoints($, sdtbl, sdtbh); + z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); + z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + draw z$bi--z$ti; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawASDT} +% |drawASDT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a simple data type box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawASDT($, l, h)(name) +% draw a simple data type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawASDT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); + z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + draw z$bi--z$ti; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% The |drawNAME(|\meta{suffix}|)| routines draw a simple data type +% box of the given name using the applicable lengths and heights. +% \begin{routine}{drawBINARY} +% \begin{routine}{drawBOOLEAN} +% \begin{routine}{drawCOMPLEX} +% \begin{routine}{drawEXPRESSION} +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawBINARY(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("BINARY"); + enddef; +def drawBOOLEAN(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("BOOLEAN"); + enddef; +def drawCOMPLEX(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("COMPLEX"); + enddef; +def drawEXPRESSION(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbel, sdtbeh)("EXPRESSION"); + enddef; +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawGENERIC} +% \begin{routine}{drawINTEGER} +% \begin{routine}{drawLOGICAL} +% \begin{routine}{drawNUMBER} +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawGENERIC(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("GENERIC"); + enddef; +def drawINTEGER(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("INTEGER"); + enddef; +def drawLOGICAL(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("LOGICAL"); + enddef; +def drawNUMBER(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("NUMBER"); + enddef; +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawREAL} +% \begin{routine}{drawSTRING} +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawREAL(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("REAL"); + enddef; +def drawSTRING(suffix $) = drawASDT($)(sdtbl, sdtbh)("STRING"); + enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawENUM} +% |drawENUM(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% an ENUMERATION type box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawENUM($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw an enumeration type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawENUM(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$ti = (x$tr-sdtbs, y$tr); + z$bi = (x$ti, y$br); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$ti]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; + draw z$bi--z$ti dashes; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawSELECT} +% |drawSELECT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a SELECT type box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawSELECT($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw a select type box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawSELECT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$ti = (x$tl+sdtbs, y$tl); + z$bi = (x$ti, y$bl); + z$c = 1/2[z$br,z$ti]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; + draw z$bi--z$ti dashes; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawTYPE} +% |drawTYPE(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a user-defined TYPE type box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawTYPE($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw a simple user defined TYPE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawTYPE(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawENT} +% |drawENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% an ENTITY box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawENT($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw an entity box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawOB} +% |drawOB(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)| draws +% a rectangular box with rounded corners (an \ExpressG{} oval box). +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawOB($, l, h) +% draw an oval box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawOB(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + save rad; + numeric rad; rad := h/2; + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$cl = 1/2[z$bl, z$tl]; + z$cr = 1/2[z$br, z$tr]; + z$bli = (x$bl+rad, y$bl); + z$tli = (x$bli, y$tl); + z$bri = (x$br-rad, y$br); + z$tri = (x$bri, y$tr); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + draw z$bli--z$bri..z$cr..z$tri--z$tli..z$cl..cycle; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawPREF} +% |drawPREF(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a page reference oval box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawPREF($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw a page reference box oval, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawPREF(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + drawOB($, l, h); + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawISU} +% |drawISU(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% an interschema USE box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawISU($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw an interschema USE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawISU(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + save quarter; + numeric quarter; quarter := h/4; + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$o = (x$, y$+quarter); + drawOB($o, l, 2quarter); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + label(str, z$c); + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawISUR} +% |drawISUR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{rename}|)| draws +% an interschema USE RENAME box. +% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Changed rnm to rname in drawISUR} +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawISUR($, l, h)(name)(rename) +%%% draw an interschema USE RENAME box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawISUR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str, rname) = + save third; + numeric third; third := h/3; + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$o = (x$, y$+third); + drawOB($o, l, third); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl, z$tr]; + label(str, z$c); + z$rnm = 1/2[z$bl,(x$br,y$br+third)]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + label(rname, z$rnm); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawISR} +% |drawISR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% an interschema RERERENCE box. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawISR($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw an interschema REFERENCE box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawISR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + save quarter; + numeric quarter; quarter := h/4; + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$o = (x$, y$+quarter); + drawOB($o, l, 2quarter); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + label(str, z$c); + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawISRR} +% |drawISRR(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)(|\meta{rename}|)| draws +% an interschema REFERENCE RENAME box. +% \changes{v1.5}{2003/07/31}{Changed rnm to rname in drawISSR} +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawISRR($, l, h)(name)(rename) +%%% draw an interschema REFERENCE RENAME box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawISRR(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str, rname) = + save third; + numeric third; third := h/3; + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$o = (x$, y$+third); + drawOB($o, l, third); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + label(str, z$c); + z$rnm = 1/2[z$bl,(x$br,y$br+third)]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; + label(rname, z$rnm); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawLEVENT} +% |drawLEVENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a Local EVENT box, with side slope |eventslope|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawLEVENT($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw a Local EVENT box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawLEVENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rhompoints($, l, h, eventslope); + z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawGEVENT} +% |drawGEVENT(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{l}, \meta{h}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a Global EVENT box, with side slope |eventslope|. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawGEVENT($, l, h)(name) +%%% draw a Global EVENT box, bottom left at $, length l, height h +def drawGEVENT(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rhompoints($, l, h, eventslope); + z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + pickup thickpen; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + pickup normalpen; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawcirclebox} +% |drawcirclebox(|\meta{suffix}, \meta{diam}|)(|\meta{name}|)| draws +% a circle, center |zsuffix| and diameter \meta{diam}, around \meta{name}. +% \begin{macrocode} +% drawcirclebox($, diam)(name) +%%% draw a circled name, diameter diam centered at $ +def drawcirclebox(suffix $)(expr diam)(text str) = + circpoints($, diam); + draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \subsection{Extra BLA variables and routines} +% +% Some extra facilities are provided for assistance in drawing +% non-\ExpressG{} BLA diagrams, such as flow charts, IDEF diagrams +% or UML structure diagrams. +% +% \begin{variable}{gdl} +% \begin{variable}{gdb} +% |gdl| is the length of a diamond line end style and |gdb| is the base +% width. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% length and base width of diamond line end styles +newinternal gdl, gdb; +numeric gdl, gdb; +gdl := 2defaultgal; +gdb := 0.75defaultgab; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% +% \begin{routine}{ellipsepoints} +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added ellipsepoints routine} +% Calculates the points on an ellipse, center at |z$| with horizontal +% diameter |l| and vertical diameter |h|. It does \emph{not} calculate +% the center point. +% \begin{macrocode} +def ellipsepoints(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + save epp, move; + path epp; + pair move; + z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$mr=(x$ml+l,y$); + z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); + move = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + epp = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted move; + z$tr = point 1.2 of epp; + z$tl = point 2.8 of epp; + z$bl = point 5.2 of epp; + z$br = point 6.8 of epp; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawDCA} +% Draw double closed arrowheads, each length |gal| and base +% width |gab|, at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \changes{v1.4}{2000/07/10}{Added drawDCA} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws double closed arrowheads at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawDCA(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, v_u, c_t, c_b; + path p[]; + numeric l, hb; + hb := gab/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gal/(l))[z$$,z$]; % base of arrowhead + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; + p1 := c_b--z$$--c_t--cycle; + filldraw p1; + p2 := p1 shifted ((xpart c_ - x$$), (ypart c_ - y$$)); + filldraw p2; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawOD} +% Draw an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws an open diamond at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawOD(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gdb/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gdl/(2l))[z$$,z$]; % base of diamond + c__ := (gdl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % interior tip of diamond + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; + p = c_b--z$$--c_t--c__--cycle; + unfill p; + draw p; draw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawCD} +% Draw a closed diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at end of vector from |z$| to |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a closed diamond at end of vector from $ to $$ +def drawCD(suffix $, $$) = + begingroup + save v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b, l, hb, p; + pair v_, c_, c__, v_u, c_t, c_b; + numeric l, hb; + path p; + hb := gdb/2; + v_ := z$-z$$; + l := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); % length of the line + c_ := (gdl/(2l))[z$$,z$]; % base of diamond + c__ := (gdl/(l))[z$$,z$]; % interior tip of diamond + v_u := unitvector v_; + c_t := c_ shifted (-hb*(ypart v_u), hb*(xpart v_u)); + c_b - c_ = c_ - c_t; + p = c_b--z$$--c_t--c__--cycle; + filldraw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashA} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with an arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending with an arrowhead at $$ +def drawdashA(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$ dashes; + drawA($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashOA} +% Draw a straight dashed line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with an open arrowhead, length |gal| and base width |gab|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a dashed line from $ to $$, ending with an open arrowhead at $$ +def drawdashOA(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$ dashes; + drawOA($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalDCA} +% Draw a straight normal line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with double closed arrowheads, each length |gal| and base +% width |gab|, at |z$$|. +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawnormalDCA} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with double closed arrowheads at $$ +def drawnormalDCA(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawDCA($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalOD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with an open diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with an open diamond at $$ +def drawnormalOD(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawOD($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawnormalCD} +% Draw a straight normal thickness line between the two points |z$| and |z$$|, +% ending with a closed diamond, length |gdl| and base width |gdb|, +% at |z$$|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws a normal line from $ to $$, ending with a closed diamond at $$ +def drawnormalCD(suffix $, $$) = + draw z$--z$$; + drawCD($, $$); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashcircle} +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawdashcircle} +% Draw a normal thickness dashed open circle, center |z$|, diameter |diam|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws an open dashed circle, center z$, diameter diam +def drawdashcircle(suffix $)(expr diam) = + circpoints($, diam); + draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawcircleA} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawcircleA routine} +% Draw a normal thickness open circle, center |z$|, diameter |diam|, and with +% a counterclockwise pointing arrow at the topmost point. The arrow has +% length |gal| and base width |gab|. +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws an open circle, center z$, diameter diam, with an arrow at the top +def drawcircleA(suffix $)(expr diam) = + circpoints($, diam); + begingroup + save c_, c_t, c_b, hb; + pair c_, c_t, c_b; + numeric hb; + hb := gab/2; + c_ := z$tm shifted (gal*right); % base of arrowhead + c_t := c_ shifted (hb*up); + c_b := c_ shifted (hb*down); + draw z$bl..z$bm..z$br..z$mr..z$tr..z$tm..z$tl..z$ml..cycle; + draw c_t--z$tm--c_b; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawDot} +% Draw a black dot, center |z$|, diameter |diam|. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawDot} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws black dot, center z$, diameter diam +def drawDot(suffix $)(expr diam) = + begingroup + save p; + path p; + p := fullcircle scaled diam shifted z$; + filldraw p; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \nd{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawCircledDot} +% Draw a black dot, center |z$|, surrounded by a circle, overall +% diameter |diam|. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawCircledDot} +% \begin{macrocode} +%%% draws black dot surrounded by a circle, center z$, diameter diam +def drawCircledDot(suffix $)(expr diam) = + begingroup + save l_, p; + numeric l_; + path p[]; + l_ := 5/7diam; + p1 := fullcircle scaled diam shifted z$; + unfill p1; + draw p1; + p2 := fullcircle scaled l_ shifted z$; + filldraw p2; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \nd{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawcardbox} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawcardbox routine} +% Draw a rectangular box that has its top righthand corner folded down. +% |m| is the height/length of the fold. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawcardbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, m)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + begingroup + save c; + pair c[]; + c1 = (x$tr-m, y$tr); + c3 = (x$tr, y$tr-m); + c2 = (xpart c1, ypart c3); + draw z$bl--z$br--c3--c1--z$tl--cycle; + draw c1--c2--c3; + endgroup; + z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdiamondbox} +% Draw a diamond shaped box. Like circles, the box is located at its +% center point and +% not at the bottom left corner (see \fref{fig:diamondpoints}). +% +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawdiamondbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); + z$mr=(x$ml+l, y$); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); + z$bl=1/2[z$ml,z$bm]; + z$br=1/2[z$bm,z$mr]; + z$tr=1/2[z$mr,z$tm]; + z$tl=1/2[z$tm,z$ml]; + z$c=z$; + draw z$ml--z$bm--z$mr--z$tm--cycle; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawtwodiamondbox} +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawtwodiamondbox routine} +% Draw a diamond shaped box with a smaller diamond inside. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawtwodiamondbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, mrg)(text str) = + z$ml=(x$-l/2, y$); z$tm=(x$, y$+h/2); + z$mr=(x$ml+l, y$); z$bm=(x$, y$tm-h); + z$bl=1/2[z$ml,z$bm]; + z$br=1/2[z$bm,z$mr]; + z$tr=1/2[z$mr,z$tm]; + z$tl=1/2[z$tm,z$ml]; + z$c=z$; + begingroup + save v_, p, tl, sf; + pair v_; + numeric tl, sf; + path p[]; + p1 = z$ml--z$bm--z$mr--z$tm--cycle; + draw p1; + v_ := z$c-z$tr; + tl := (xpart v_)++(ypart v_); + sf = 1.0 - mrg/tl; + p2 = p1 shifted -z$c scaled sf shifted z$c; + draw p2; + endgroup; + label(str, z$c); + +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdoublerectangle} +% Draw a double box where |tf| is the fraction of the height of the +% top portion. The ends of the dividing line are |z$tfl| and |z$tfr|. +% The text centers are |z$ct| and |z$cb| for the top and bottom portions. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawdoublerectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h, tf) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$tfl=tf[z$tl,z$bl]; z$tfr=tf[z$tr,z$br]; + z$cb=1/2[z$bl,z$tfr]; + z$ct=1/2[z$tfl,z$tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + draw z$tfl--z$tfr; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawtriplerectangle} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawtriplerectangle routine} +% Draws a triple box, where |tf| is the fraction of the height for the +% top portion and |bf| is the fraction of the height for the bottom +% portion. Text centers for the three portions are |z$ct|, |z$cm| and |z$cb| +% for the top, middle and bottom portions. The points at the ends of the +% dividing lines are |z$tfl| and |z$tfr| for the top portion +% and |z$bfl| and |z$bfr| for the bottom. +% +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawtriplerectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h, tf, bf) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$tfl=tf[z$tl,z$bl]; z$tfr=tf[z$tr,z$br]; + z$bfl=bf[z$bl,z$tl]; z$bfr=bf[z$br,z$tr]; + z$cb=1/2[z$bl,z$bfr]; + z$cm=1/2[z$bfl,z$tfr]; + z$ct=1/2[z$tfl,z$tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + draw z$bfl--z$bfr; + draw z$tfl--z$tfr; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{hiderectangle} +% Draws an invisible rectangular box of the usual dimensions that +% covers up anything underneath it. +% \begin{macrocode} +def hiderectangle(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + begingroup + save c; + pair c[]; + c1=(x$,y$); + c2=c1+(l,0); + c3=c1+(l,h); + c4=c1+(0,h); + unfilldraw c1--c2--c3--c4--cycle; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashboxover} +% Draws a dashed box that covers up anything underneath it. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawdashboxover(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + hiderectangle($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle dashes; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawindexbox} +% Draws an index box. The main box is |l| by |h| and the small box +% at the top left is |lp| by |hp|. The main box points are the usual +% |z$bl| etc, but the top box points are |z$P.bl| etc. The |str| +% is put at the center (|z$P.c|) of the small box. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawindexbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, lp, hp)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + z$P = z$tl; + rectpoints($P, lp, hp); + z$P.c = 1/2[z$P.bl, z$P.tr]; + draw z$bl--z$br--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + draw z$P.bl--z$P.br--z$P.tr--z$P.tl--cycle; + label(str, z$P.c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawroundedbox} +% Draws a rectangular box with rounded corners (like the \LaTeX{} |\oval|). +% The box is |l| by |h| and located by the bottom left corner. The +% corners are rounded with a radius of |r|. If the radius is too large for +% the box it is reduced so that at least two opposite sides are semi-circular. +% The |str| is put at the center (|z$c|) of the box. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawroundedbox(suffix $)(expr l, h, r)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + begingroup + save rad; + numeric rad; rad := r; + if rad > l/2: + rad := l/2; + fi + if rad > h/2: + rad := h/2; + fi + draw (x$br-rad, y$br){right}..{up}(x$br, y$br+rad)-- + (x$tr, y$tr-rad){up}..{left}(x$tr-rad, y$tr)-- + (x$tl+rad, y$tl){left}..{down}(x$tl, y$tl-rad)-- + (x$bl, y$bl+rad){down}..{right}(x$bl+rad, y$bl)--cycle; + endgroup; + z$c = 1/2[z$bl,z$tr]; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawovalbox} +% \changes{v1.1}{1999/10/30}{Added drawovalbox routine} +% Draws an elliptical box with horizontal diameter |l| and vertical diameter +% |h|. The box is located by the center point. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawovalbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + ellipsepoints($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + begingroup + save p; + path p; + p = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted z$c; + draw p; + endgroup; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdashellipse} +% \changes{v1.2}{1999/11/15}{Added drawdashellipse routine} +% Draws a dashed elliptical box with horizontal diameter |l| and vertical diameter +% |h|. The ellipse is located by the center point. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawdashellipse(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + ellipsepoints($, l, h); + z$c = 1/2[z$ml,z$mr]; + begingroup + save p; + path p; + p = fullcircle scaled h xscaled (l/h) shifted z$c; + draw p dashes; + endgroup +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawdrum} +% \changes{v1.3}{2000/05/22}{Added drawdrum routine} +% Draws a drum box with length |l| and height |h|. The top and bottom +% ellipse minor/major diamter ratio id |drumlid|. The text is put at the +% (curved) center of the drum. +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawdrum(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + save vdia; numeric vdia; + vdia := drumlid*l; % ellipse vertical diameter + save pf, ph; path pf, ph; % full & half ellipse paths + + % points on the basic rectangle + z$bl = z$; + z$tr = (x$+l, y$+h); + z$br = (x$tr, y$); + z$tl = (x$, y$tr); + z$ml = 1/2[z$bl,z$tl]; + z$mr = 1/2[z$br,z$tr]; + z$tc = 1/2[z$tl,z$tr]; % center of top rectangle line + z$bc = 1/2[z$bl,z$br]; + % draw box sides + draw z$tl--z$bl; draw z$tr--z$br; + + % points on top ellipse + z$T''' = z$tc; % ellipse center + ellipsepoints($T''', l, vdia); + z$tm = z$T'''.tm; + z$tml = z$T'''.tl; + z$tmr = z$T'''.tr; + + % points on bottom ellipse + z$B''' = z$bc; + ellipsepoints($B''', l, vdia); + z$bm = z$B'''.bm; + z$bml = z$B'''.bl; + z$bmr = z$B'''.br; + + % box center point + z$c = 1/2[z$T'''.bm, z$B'''.bm]; + + % draw top ellipse + pf = fullcircle scaled vdia xscaled (l/vdia) shifted z$T'''; + draw pf; + % draw bottom half ellipse + ph = (halfcircle rotated 180) scaled vdia xscaled (l/vdia) shifted z$B'''; + draw ph; + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% \begin{routine}{drawoutputbox} +% Draws an output box. The box is |l| by |h| and the |str| +% is put at the center. The bottom of the box is a wavy line. +% +% This code was supplied by Guy Worthington (see \texttt{comp.text.tex} +% newsgroup thread \textit{Trial, ignore}, January 2004, and in +% particuar Guy's message of 2004/01/27). +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawoutputbox} +% \begin{macrocode} +def drawoutputbox(suffix $)(expr l, h)(text str) = + rectpoints($, l, h); + begingroup + save c; + pair c[]; + c1 = (x$br, y$br+1/8h); % right side of box is shorter + c2 = (x$bm, y$bm+1/16h); + % draw the tear + draw z$bl..c2{dir 45}..c1{dir -15}--z$tr--z$tl--cycle; + endgroup; + z$c = (x$bm, 1/2(y$bm+y$tm)); + label(str, z$c); +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% \begin{routine}{drawstickman} +% Draws a full frontal genderless stick figure, inside a rectangle +% |l| by |h|. +% \changes{v1.6}{2004/02/29}{Added drawstickman} +% \begin{macrocode} +\def drawstickman(suffix $)(expr l, h) = + rectpoints($,l,h); + begingroup + save c; + pair c[]; + c1 = 8/24[z$bm,z$tm]; + c2 = 15/24[z$bm,z$tm]; + c3 = 18/24[z$bm,z$tm]; + c4 = 1/2[c3,z$tm]; + c6 = (x$bl, ypart(c2)); + c7 = (x$br, ypart(c2)); + draw z$bl--c1--z$br; % legs + draw c1--c3; % body + draw c6--c7; % arms + draw c3{right}..z$tm{left}..cycle; % head + endgroup; +enddef; + +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{routine} +% +% +% +% +% The end of the package +% +% \begin{macrocode} +% +% \end{macrocode} +% +% +% \bibliographystyle{alpha} +% \begin{thebibliography}{RBP+91} +% +% \bibitem[EN89]{ELMASRI89} +% R.~Elmasri and S.~B.~Navathe. +% \newblock \emph{Fundamentals of Database Systems}. +% \newblock Benjamin Cummings Publishing Co. Inc., 1989. +% +% \bibitem[GMS94]{GOOSSENS94} +% Michel Goossens, Frank Mittelbach, and Alexander Samarin. +% \newblock \emph{The LaTeX Companion}. +% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. +% +% \bibitem[GRM97]{GOOSSENS97} +% Michel Goossens, Sebastian Rahtz, and Frank Mittelbach. +% \newblock \emph{The LaTeX Graphics Companion}. +% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1997. +% +% \bibitem[Hob92]{MPOST} +% John D.~Hobby. +% \newblock \emph{A user's manual for MetaPost}. +% \newblock Computing Science Technical Report no. 162, +% AT\&T Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, April 1992. +% (Available from CTAN with the MetaPost distribution +% in \texttt{.../graphics/metapost}). +% +% \bibitem[Hoe98]{HOENIG98} +% Alan Hoenig. +% \newblock \emph{TeX Unbound}. +% \newblock Oxford University Press, 1998. +% +% \bibitem[IDE85]{IDEF1X} +% AFWAL/MLTC, Wright-Patterson AFB, OH. +% \newblock \emph{Integrated Informatiuon Support Systems (IISS), Vol.~V: +% Common Data Model Subsystem, Part 4: Information Modeling Manual +% --- IDEF1X}. +% \newblock Report Number: AFWAL--TR--86--4006, Volume~V, 1985. +% +% \bibitem[ISO87]{TR9007} +% ISO TR9007. +% \newblock \emph{Information processing systems --- +% Concepts and terminology for the conceptual schema and +% the information base}, 1987. +% +% \bibitem[ISO94]{STEP11} +% ISO 10303-11:1994. +% \newblock \emph{Industrial automation systems and integration --- +% Product data representation and exchange --- +% Part~11: Description methods: The EXPRESS language reference manual}, +% 1994. +% +% \bibitem[Knu86]{MFONT} +% Donald E~Knuth. +% \newblock \emph{The METAFONTbook}. +% \newblock Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1986. +% +% \bibitem[Lam94]{LATEX} +% Leslie Lamport. +% \newblock \emph{\LaTeX: A Document Preperation System}. +% \newblock Second edition. Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, 1994. +% +% \bibitem[NH89]{NIJSSEN89} +% G.~M.~Nijssen and T.~A.~Halpin. +% \newblock \emph{Conceptual Schema and Relational Database Design}. +% \newblock Prentice Hall, 1989. +% +% \bibitem[Rec97]{RECKDAHL97} +% Keith Reckdahl. +% \newblock \emph{Using EPS Graphics in LaTeX2e Documents}. +% \newblock February 1997. +% (Available from CTAN as \texttt{../info/epslatex.ps}). +% +% +% \bibitem[RBP+91]{RUMBAUGH91} +% J.~Rumbaugh, M.~Blaha, W.~Premerlani, F.~Eddy and W.~Lorensen. +% \newblock \emph{Object-Oriented Modeling and Design } +% \newblock Prentice Hall, 1991. +% +% \bibitem[SW94]{EBOOK} +% Douglas A.~Schenck and Peter R.~Wilson. +% \newblock \emph{Information Modeling the EXPRESS Way}. +% \newblock Oxford University Press, 1994. +% (ISBN 0-19-508714-3) +% +% \bibitem[SM88]{SHLAER88} +% S.~Shlaer and S.~J.~Mellor. +% \newblock \emph{Object-Oriented System Analysis}. +% \newblock Yourdon Press, 1988. +% +% \bibitem[Wil99]{METAFP} +% Peter Wilson. +% \newblock \emph{Some Experiences in Running METAFONT and MetaPost}. +% \newblock November, 1999. +% (Available from CTAN as \texttt{../info/metafp.ps}). +% +% \end{thebibliography} +% +% \textbf{Note:} See \texttt{http://www.tug.org} for information on accessing +% CTAN --- the Comprehensive \TeX{} Archive Network. +% +% +% \Finale +% \PrintIndex +% +\endinput + +%% \CharacterTable +%% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z +%% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z +%% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 +%% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# +%% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& +%% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) +%% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, +%% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ +%% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< +%% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? +%% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ +%% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ +%% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| +%% Right brace \} Tilde \~} + + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7d467b833e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/metapost/expressg/expressg.ins @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +%% expressg.ins +%% Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 +%% (or: pandgwilson at earthlink dot net) +%% Copyright 1996, 2003, 2004 Peter R. Wilson +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either +%% version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any +%% later version. +%% The latest version of the license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of +%% LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". +%% +%% This work consists of the files listed in the README file. +%% +%% +%% This file will generate fast loadable files and documentation +%% driver files from the doc files in this work when run through +%% LaTeX. +%% +%% +%% +%% --------------- start of docstrip commands ------------------ +%% +\def\batchfile{expressg.ins} +\input docstrip.tex +\preamble + + Author: Peter Wilson (CUA) now at peter.r.wilson@boeing.com until June 2004 + (or pandgwilson@earthlink.net) + Copyright 1996, 2003 Peter R. Wilson + + v1.0 1996/05/09 (first release) + v1.2 1999/11/15 + v1.3 2000/05/22 + v1.4 2000/07/10 + v1.5 2003/07/31 + v1.6 2004/02/29 + v1.61 2004/03/17 + + This work may be distributed and/or modified under the + conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either + version 1.3 of this license or (at your option) any + later version. + The latest version of the license is in + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of + LaTeX version 2003/06/01 or later. + + This work has the LPPL maintenance status "author-maintained". + + This work consists of the files listed in the README file. + This program is provided under the terms of the + LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN + archives in directory macros/latex/base/lppl.txt. + +\endpreamble + +\keepsilent + +%%% \Msg{*** Generating the driver file ***} +%%% \generateFile{expressg.drv}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{driver}} + +\Msg{*** Generating the Metapost files ***} + +\usepostamble\empty +\generateFile{expressg.mp}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{up}} +\generateFile{expeg.mp}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{eg}} + + +\Msg{*** Generating the LaTeX files ***} +\usepostamble\defaultpostamble + +\generateFile{expeg.tex}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{egt}} + +\Msg{*** Generating the script files ***} + +\usepreamble\empty +\usepostamble\empty +\generateFile{n2mps.sh}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{shell}} +\generateFile{n2mpsprl.prl}{t}{\from{expressg.dtx}{perl}} + +\Msg{***********************************************************} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To finish the installation you have to move the following} +\Msg{* files into directories searched by Metapost:} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* \space\space expressg.mp} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To run the examples move the following files into a} +\Msg{* working directory:} +\Msg{* \space\space expeg.mp} +\Msg{* \space\space expeg.tex} +\Msg{* Then run MetaPost on expeg.mp and (pdf)LaTeX on expeg.tex.} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To run the scripts, make the following files executable:} +\Msg{* \space\space n2mps.sh} +\Msg{* \space\space n2mpsprl.prl} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* To produce the documentation run the files ending with} +\Msg{* `.dtx' through LaTeX.} +\Msg{* Process any name.idx file by:} +\Msg{* \space\space\space\space makeindex -s gind.ist name} +\Msg{* Process any name.glo file by:} +\Msg{* \space\space\space\space makeindex -s gglo.ist -o name.gls name.glo} +\Msg{*} +\Msg{* Happy TeXing} +\Msg{***********************************************************} + +\endinput -- cgit v1.2.3